Calculus Laboratory (With Derive)

A CALCULUS LABORATORY MANUAL
USING DERIVE
Gabriela R. Sanchis
Elizabethtown College
September 15, 1996
Contents
1 Functions and Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 An Introduction to Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3 Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4 Average and Instantaneous Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5 Derivatives of Some Elementary Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6 Newtons Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7 Three Important Theorems About Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8 An Introduction to Riemann Sums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
9 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
10 Approximate Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
11 Volumes of Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
12 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
13 Inverse Trigonometric Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
14 Integration of Rational Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
15 Improper Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
16 Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
17 P-series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
18 Taylor Polynomials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
i
ii CONTENTS
19 Parametric Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
20 Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
21 An Introduction to Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
22 Cylinders and Quadric Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
23 Vector-Valued Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
24 Curvature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
25 Functions of 2 Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
26 Directional Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
27 Relative Extrema for Functions of Two Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Laboratory # 1
Functions and Graphs
Teaches:
functions domain, range, x and y intercepts, symmetry, odd, even
using Derive to nd zeroes
1. Author
sin(x)
sin(3x)
3
+
sin(5x)
5
2. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window, then choose Plot to plot the highlighted
expression.
3. Use F10 to zoom out. This allows you to see more of the graph. If you look at the bottom of the
screen, youll see the x and y scales increase each time you hit F10 . The x scale is the number of
units that each tick on the x axis represents; likewise for the y scale. F9 zooms in, so each time you
hit F9 youll see the scales decrease. You can also use the Scale command to set your scales manually.
Denition 1.1 The domain of a function y = f(x) is the set of all x
s for which the function is

dened. The range of a function y = f(x) is the set of all y
s such that y = f(x) for some x.

1
2 LABORATORY # 1. FUNCTIONS AND GRAPHS
4. Answer Worksheet Question #1.
Denition 1.2 The x-intercepts of the graph of f are the x coordinates of the points where the graph
crosses the x axis. The y-intercept of the graph of f is the y coordinate of the point where the graph
crosses the y axis.
6. One way to evaluate a function at a particular x is to use the command Manage Substitute. For
example, to evaluate expression #1 at x = /2:
(a) make sure the Algebra window is active ( F1 toggles between windows);
(b) make sure the expression you wish to evaluate is highlighted (i.e. expression #1);
(c) choose Manage Substitute <Enter>;
(d) type in the value of x, i.e. /2 (alt-p for ),then <Enter>;
(e) nally, choose approXimate <Enter>.
7. Answer Worsheet Question #3.
8. To examine the graph of f(x 1), highlight expression #1, choose Manage Substitute <Enter> and
type x 1 <Enter>. Then choose Plot Plot.
9. Answer Worksheet Questions #4 and #5.
Denition 1.3 A zero or root of a function f is any number a such that f(a) = 0.
10. In terms of the graph of f, the zeroes are the x- intercepts. So once you Plot a function, you can
approximate the zeroes by moving the cross onto the x-intercepts and reading o the x coordinate of
the point from the bottom of the screen.
3
12. Factor (d) in Worksheet Question #6. Because one of the factors is cubic, it is dicult to nd the roots
by hand. However, Derive is still able to nd the roots exactly, using the soLve command. Highlight
this expression and choose soLve <Enter>. Besides x = 0, you should get 3 more roots. ApproXimate
each of them to express them as decimals.
14. Finally, Author 2
x
x
2
and Plot. What happens when you try to nd the roots using the soLve
command? Derive does not seem able to nd the exact roots. From the graph it appears that x = 2
and x = 4 are roots, and plugging in these values for x conrms this.
16. Now make sure the Algebra window is active, then choose Options Precision Approximate <Enter>.
Try the soLve command again on 2
x
x
2
. Since we can see from the graph that the root in question
is between 1 and 0, enter 1 for the lower limit and 0 for the upper limit.
&
$
%
&
$
%
WORKSHEET FOR LABORATORY #1
Functions and Graphs
NAME: DATE:
LAB PARTNER: INSTRUCTOR:
Questions 14 refer to the function f(x) = sinx
sin(3x)
3
+
sin(5x)
5
1. (a) What is the domain of f(x)?
(b) What is the range of f(x)?
[Hint: Use the cross to locate the smallest and biggest y values on the graph; use F9 to zoom
in, Center to center the viewing window at the cross, and the arrow keys to adjust the position of
the cross; repeat until the graph on the screen is a horizontal line; with your cross on the graph,
read o the y coordinate from the bottom of the screen.
To reset, use the Scale command to reset your x and y scales both to 1, Move the cross to (0, 0),
and Center.]

2. (a) What are the x-intercepts of f(x)? Find all x-intercepts, not just the ones in your viewing window.
5
6 Worksheet # 1. FUNCTIONS AND GRAPHS
[Hint: Set your x scale to /2 ( is entered by typing alt-p). ]
(b) What is the y-intercept of f(x)?

3. (a) Evaluate f(x) at the given values of x:
x f(x) x f(x)
0.4 0.4
0.8 0.8
1.2 1.2
1.6 1.6
2.0 2.0
(b) What relationship appears to exist between f(x) and f(x)?
(c) Complete the following denition:
Denition 1.4 The graph of f is symmetric with respect to the origin (in which case f is
said to be an odd function) if for all x, .

4. To answer (a)(d), use Manage Substitute on the expression sin x
sin(3x)
3
+
sin(5x)
5
to obtain the given
transformation, then Plot to obtain the graph.
Name: 7
(a) How does the graph of f(x 1) compare to that of f(x)?
(b) How does the graph of f(x + 2) compare to that of f(x)?
(c) How does the graph of f(2x) compare to that of f(x)?
(d) How does the graph of f(x/2) compare to that of f(x)?
(e) How does the graph of f(x) + 1 compare to that of f(x)?
Questions 5 and 6 refer to the function f(x) =
x
2
1
x
2
+1
. With the graphics window active, choose Delete
All.
5. Author and Plot
x
2
1
x
2
+ 1
(a) Evaluate this function at the given values of x:
x f(x) x f(x)
0.5 0.5
1.0 1.0
1.5 1.5
2.0 2.0
(b) What relationship appears to exist between f(x) and f(x)?
(c) Complete the following denition:
Denition 1.5 The graph of f is symmetric with respect to the y axis (in which case f is
said to be an even function) if for all x, .

6. Find all the zeroes of the following functions by following the technique just outlined. Note: not all the
zeroes may be in your viewing window, so you may have to zoom out ( F10 ) to see them all. On the
other hand, once your cross is on or near the zero, you should Center and zoom in ( F9 ) in order to
get a closer look at that section of the graph. Keep zooming in, Centering, and adjusting the position
of the cross, until you are satised that the coordinate of the zero is correct to three decimal places.
(a) y = x
3
2x
2
x + 2
Name: 9
(b) y = x
3
x
2
+x 1
(c) y = 2x
4
+x
3
3x
2
+x
(d) y = 16x
4
20x
3
+ 5x
(e) y = 2
x
x
2
7. Use Derives Factor Rational command to factor (a), (b), and (c) in question #6, then nd the roots
exactly by setting each factor equal to 0. You will need the quadratic formula
x =
b
b
2
4ac
2a
to nd the zeroes of any quadratic factor ax
2
+bx +c. Express all your answers as decimals.
(a) x
3
2x
2
x + 2 =
(b) x
3
x
2
+x 1 =
(c) 2x
4
+ x
3
3x
2
+ x =

8. What are the real roots (i.e. those not involving the imaginary number i) of y = 16x
4
20x
3
+ 5x?

9. In question #6e, you found an approximation to the negative root of y = 2
x
x
2
. Use Manage
Substitute to plug this value in for x. Is your approximation correct, or is it too big, or is it too small?
[Hint: Look at the graph of y = 2
x
x
2
; what is the sign of y when x is a little to the right of the
negative root, and when x is a little to the left of the negative root?]

10. (a) What does Derive give you for the negative root of 2
x
x
2
?
Name: 11
(b) Use Manage Substitute to plug in this value for x, then approXimate. What do you get?
(c) Is Derives approximation too big or too small? Explain.
(d) Choose Options Precision TAB to change the number of digits to 10. Then try soLve again to
nd the negative root of 2
x
x
2
. Do you get something bigger or smaller than before? In view
of your answer to (c), is this what you expected?
Laboratory # 2
An Introduction to Limits
Teaches:
limits
one-sided limits
limits involving innity vertical and horizontal asymptotes
1. Open a graphics window by choosing Plot Beside <ENTER>.
2. In Calculus, we often deal with problems in which the answer cannot be obtained directly but must be
approached by a series of approximations. Consider the function f(x) =
sin x
x
; f(x) cannot be evaluated
at x = 0; however, f(x) can be evaluated at values of x as close to 0 as we might want.
3. Recall that in order to use Derive to evaluate a function such as f(x) =
sin x
x
at, say, x = 1, you need
to Author
sin(x)
x
, choose Manage Substitute to replace x with 1, and then choose approXimate (this is
the method you used in the previous lab).
4. If your graphics window is active, choose Algebra, then Choose Options Precision, TAB over to Digits,
and change the number of digits to 11 <ENTER>. Now answer Worksheet Question #1.
12
13
5. If F(x) gets close to some number L as x gets close to a number a, we write
lim
xa
F(x) = L.
We read this as The limit of F(x) as x approaches a is L.
Your calculations in Worksheet Question #1 should suggest that lim
x0
sinx
x
= 1.
7. Let us explore the concept of a limit graphically. Plot
sin x
x
. Our conjecture is that lim
x0
sin x
x
= 1.
To obtain a better sense of this graphically, do the following:
(a) Move your cross to (0, 1) and Center. Notice how the graph seems to go through this point (it
doesnt really since
sin x
x
is not dened at 0 so the graph really has a tiny hole at (0, 1); what you
are noticing is that for xs that are really close to 0, the ys are really close to 1).
(b) Suppose y close to 1 means that 0.99 < y < 1.01. Author and Plot the following two expressions:
y = .99 y = 1.01
(c) Then y close to 1 means that y is between these two horizontal lines. Change your y scale to
.01. (This will zoom you in on the y axis.)
(d) Use Shift- F7 to zoom in on the x axis. Keep zooming in until the entire graph on your screen
lies between the two horizontal lines. (What youve done is taken a small box around the point
(0, 1) and blown it up:
6
-
?
6
6
-
0.2 0.1 0.1
1.01
0.99
1.00
2 1 1
14 LABORATORY # 2. AN INTRODUCTION TO LIMITS
The fact that you can do this no matter how close together your two horizontal lines are is what
we mean by saying that the limit of
sin x
x
as x approaches 0 is 1.
8. We are now ready to state the denition of a limit. As you read it, keep in mind the previous example
where f(x) =
sin x
x
, a = 0, L = 1, and = .01:
Denition 2.1 We say lim
xa
f(x) = L if for any 2 horizontal lines y = L + and y = L , we can
nd a viewing window centered at (a, L) such that for all xs in our viewing window (except possibly
x = a) the graph of f(x) lies between the two horizontal lines.
9. Now lets look at the function y = sin
_
1
x
_
. Reset your graphics window by making it active ( F1
makes the next window active), then choosing Window Designate 2D-Plot. Then Author and Plot
sin
_
1
x
_
I want you to disprove the following claim:
lim
x0
sin
_
1
x
_
= 0 (2.1)
Do this as follows:
(a) Author and Plot:
y = .01
y = .01
(b) set your y scale to .01.
(c) Zoom in horizontally using Shift- F7 . Can you zoom in enough so that the entire graph in your
viewing window lies between the two horizontal lines? The fact that you cant indicates that (2.1)
is false.
15
11. The table that you lled in in Worksheet Question #4 suggests that lim
x1
|x
2
x|
x1
does not exist, since
there is no unique number that
|x
2
x|
x1
approaches as x gets close to 1. However if we restrict ourselves
to values of x that are close to but greater than 1, then we see that
|x
2
x|
x1
approaches 1; similarly, if
we restrict ourselves to values of x that are close to but less than 1, then we see that
|x
2
x|
x1
approaches
1. We call 1 the right limit of
|x
2
x|
x1
as x approaches 1; we call 1 the left limit of
|x
2
x|
x1
as x
approaches 1. We write:
lim
x1+
[x
2
x[
x 1
= 1 and lim
x1
[x
2
x[
x 1
= 1
12. Reset your graphics window and Plot
|x
2
x|
x1
. Notice how the y values for the part of the graph to the
right of x = 1 are close to 1 when x is close to 1; similarly, notice how the y values for the part of the
graph to the left of x = 1 are close to 1 when x is close to 1.
a
b
c
14. As you can see, as x gets closer and closer to (but greater than) -1,
1
x+1
gets larger and larger. We say
that the limit of
1
x+1
as x approaches 1 from the right is innity and we write
lim
x1+
1
x + 1
= .
16 LABORATORY # 2. AN INTRODUCTION TO LIMITS
15. Similarly, as x gets closer and closer to (but less than) 1,
1
x+1
decreases without bound. We say that
the limit of
1
x+1
as x approaches 1 from the left is minus innity and we write
lim
x1
1
x + 1
= .
16. Lets now examine the graph of y =
1
x+1
near x = 1. Reset your graphics window if necessary, set
your x scale to 2 and your y scale to 10, then Plot
1
x+1
.
18. The unbounded behavior of a function f as x approaches a (from the right or from the left) is reected
in the graph via vertical asymptotes. The following picture illustrates the dierent possibilities, where
the dotted lines x = a, x = b, and x = c are vertical asymptotes:
-
a
b
c
We write
lim
xa
f(x) = ; lim
xb+
f(x) = ;
lim
xa+
f(x) = ; lim
xc
f(x) = ;
lim
xb
f(x) = ; lim
xc+
f(x) = .
19. Answer Worksheet Questions #8#10.
17
20. Your calculation should suggest that
lim
x
x
x
2
+ 1
= 1 and lim
x
x
x
2
+ 1
= 1
Denition 2.2 If lim
x
f(x) = L or lim
x
f(x) = L , then the line y = L is a horizontal asymp-
tote of f(x).
Thus y = 1 and y = 1 are horizontal asymptotes for the function f(x) =
x
x
2
+1
.
&
$
%
&
$
%
An Introduction to Limits
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) Fill in the following table:
x
sin x
x
x
sin x
x
0.1 0.1
0.01 0.01
0.001 0.001
0.0001 0.0001
(b) What number does
sin x
x
approach as x gets closer and closer to 0?

2. Fill in the following tables, then conjecture what the value of the given limit is; if there appears that
there is no limit, i.e. the values of f(x) do not seem to be approaching a unique number, then write
DNE (for Does Not Exist).
19
20 Worksheet # 2. AN INTRODUCTION TO LIMITS
(a)
x x
2
x x
2
2.1 1.9
2.01 1.99
2.001 1.999
2.0001 1.9999
lim
x2
x
2
=
(b)
x sin
_
1
x
_
x sin
_
1
x
_
0.1 0.1
0.01 0.01
0.001 0.001
0.0001 2.0001
lim
x0
sin
_
1
x
_
=
(c)
x (1 +x)
1/x
x (1 + x)
1/x
0.1 0.1
0.01 0.01
0.001 0.001
0.0001 0.0001
lim
x0
(1 + x)
1/x
=
[Hint: The above calculations should indicate that lim
x0
(1 + x)
1/x
is approximately 2.7. The
actual limit turns out to be an irrational number which we generally denote by e; we will see more
of this number in Calculus II. You can obtain a decimal approximation to e in Derive by Authoring
Name: 21
Alt-e, then using the approXimate command. Use this approximation for your answer above.]
(d)
x
x
3
1
|x1|
x
x
3
1
|x1|
0.9 1.1
0.99 1.01
0.999 1.001
0.9999 1.0001
lim
x1
x
3
1
[x 1[
=

3. Determine whether the following statements of the form lim
xa
f(x) = L are true or false. In each
case follow the procedure outlined in the two examples, i.e.
Reset your graphics window by making it active, then choosing Window Designate 2D-Plot.
Author and Plot the given function f(x) as well as the horizontal lines y = L+.01 and y = L.01
where L is the conjectured limit e.g. for (a) you would Author and Plot the following three
expressions:
1
x + 1
x
y = .5 .01 y = .5 +.01
(recall that the square root sign is obtained by typing alt-q)
Move the cross and to the given point (a, L) and Center; (e.g. to (0, 0.5) for (a)); S=set your y
scale to .01, and Center again.
Use Shift- F7 to zoom in until the entire graph in your viewing window lies between the two
horizontal lines. If you can do it, thats evidence that the given statement is true; if not, conclude
that the statement is false.
(a) lim
x0
1
x + 1
x
= 0.5 [Does the graph of y =
1
x+1
x
initially appear to go through the point
(0, .5)?]
(b) lim
x0
(1 + x)
1/x
= 2.7[Does the graph of y = (1 + x)
(
1/x) initially appear to go through the point
(0, 2.7)?]
(c) lim
x0
x sin(1/x) = 0[Does the graph of y = x sin(1/x) initially appear to go through the point
(0, 0)?]
4. (a) Fill in the following table:
x
|x
2
x|
x1
x
|x
2
x|
x1
1.1 0.9
1.01 0.99
1.001 0.999
1.0001 0.9999
(b) What number does
|x
2
x|
x1
approach as x gets closer and closer to 1, if we restrict ourselves to
x > 1?
(c) What number does
|x
2
x|
x1
approach as x gets closer and closer to 1, if we restrict ourselves to
Name: 23
x < 1?

5. Use Derive to obtain plots of the following functions; then use the plot to conjecture the value of the
given limits:
(a) f(x) =
x
2
1
|x1|
lim
x1+
f(x) = lim
x1
f(x) =
(b) f(x) =
x
3
x
|x
2
x|
lim
x1+
f(x) = lim
x1
f(x) =
lim
x0+
f(x) = lim
x0
f(x) =
(c) f(x) =
x
2
|x|
lim
x0+
f(x) = lim
x0
f(x) =
6. (a) Investigate the limit lim
x1
1
x+1
by lling in the following table:
x
1
x+1
x
1
x+1
0.9 1.1
0.99 1.01
0.999 1.001
0.9999 1.0001
(b) What happens to
1
x+1
as x approaches 1 if we restrict ourselves to x > 1?
(c) What happens to
1
x+1
as x approaches 1 if we restrict ourselves to x < 1?

7. Copy the graph of y =
1
x+1
below; draw the vertical asymptote exhibited by the graph as a dotted
line.
10
5
5
10
4 2 2 4

8. Plot each of the following functions to nd the vertical asymptotes. Use the graph to determine whether
the limit as x approaches a from the right/left is or .
(a) f(x) =
1
(x+1)
2
(b) f(x) =
x
3
(x+2)
2
(x3)
Name: 25
(c) f(x) =
x2
x
2
4
9. Use the results of the previous question to formulate a theorem about vertical asymptotes:
Theorem 2.1 Let P and Q be polynomials. Then the line x = a is a vertical asymptote of y =
P(x)
Q(x)
if Q(a) and P(a) .
[Hint: In 8c, what can you say about P(2) and Q(2)? Is x = 2 a vertical asymptote?]
10. (a) Fill in the following table.
x
x
x
2
+1
x
x
x
2
+1
10 10
100 100
10
3
10
4
10
4
10
5
10
5
10
6
(b) What happens to
x
x
2
+1
as x increases without bound?
(c) What happens to
x
x
2
+1
as x decreases without bound?
(d) Reset your graphics window, then use Derive to obtain a plot of y =
x
x
2
+1
and copy the graph
below; draw the horizontal asymptotes exhibited by the graph as dotted lines.
2
1
1
2
2 1 1 2

11. What is the maximum number of horizontal asymptotes that a function can have?
12. For each of the following rational functions, determine the horizontal asymptotes by inspecting the
graphs:
F(x) lim
x
F(x) lim
x
F(x) Horizontal Asymptotes
7x
5
+4x
3
+2x+1
x
8
+2x
2
+1
x
99
+1
x
100
+1
2x
2
+3x+1
4x
2
2x+3
6x
3
+4x
2
20x+2
2x
3
+6x
2
x+7
13. Based on the above table, what conjecture can you make about the horizontal asymptotes of a rational
function (i.e a polynomial divided by a polynomial) when
(a) the degree of the numerator < the degree of the denominator:
Name: 27
(b) the degree of the numerator = the degree of the denominator:
[Hint: look at the highest powers of x in the numerator and denominator]
Laboratory # 3
Continuity
Teaches:
types of discontinuities jump, removable, innite
intermediate value theorem
bisection-type method for nding roots of functions
1. Consider again the function f(x) dened by f(x) =
_
_
x
2
, x 1;
2x, x > 1.
We say that this function is dened piecewise.
2. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH; this will load a function that will make it easier for you to
author and plot piecewise-dened functions.
3. To enter the above function, Author and Plot
PIECES
_
[x
2
, 2x], [1]
_
.
28
29
5. The function g(x) dened by
g(x) =
_
_
x
2
, x 1;
2x 1, x > 1.
can be graphed by Authoring and Plotting
PIECES
_
[x
2
, 2x 1], [1]
_
7. Let h(x) be dened by
h(x) =
_
_
x, x < 1;
x + 1, 1 x < 1;
2x, x 1.
(3.1)
To graph this function Author and Plot
PIECES([x, x + 1, 2x], [1, 1])
I hope that by now you are getting the idea of how to use PIECES to graph piecewise-dened functions.
8. Anwer Worksheet Question #3.
9. The original function h dened by (3.1) had jumps or discontinuities at x = 1 and x = 1. More gen-
erally, the graph of a function f(x) will have a discontinuity at x = a if lim
xa+
f(x) ,= lim
xa
f(x):
-
6
?
a
lim
xa+
f(x)
lim
xa
f(x)
30 LABORATORY # 3. CONTINUITY
10. Delete All graphs in your graphics window, then Author and Plot
1
x 1
As you can see, this graph also has a break in it.
12. Author and Plot
F(x) :=
x
2
+ 4x + 3
x + 1
This function appears to be continuous (i.e. no breaks). However, in actual fact, we know the graph
must have a break or hole at x = 1 since the function is not dened at x = 1.
14. The discontinuity of F(x) =
x
2
+4x+3
x+1
at x = 1 is called a removable discontinuity because it consists
only of a little hole that can be lled in by dening F(1) in the right way.
16. The following pictures illustrate the dierent types of discontinuities that can occur. All of them
involve some kind of break in the graph:
6
-
?
-
?
b
6
-
?
b
6
The discontinuity exhibited by the rst graph at x = 1 is called an innite discontinuity; the
second graph has a removable discontinuity at x = 0; the second graph has a jump discontinuity
at x = 1.
31
Intermediate Value Theorem
Denition 3.1 We say the function f is continuous on the open interval (a, b) if it has no
discontinuities on (a, b). We say f is continuous on the closed interval [a, b] if it is continuous on
the open interval (a, b) and
lim
xa+
f(x) = f(a) and lim
xb
f(x) = f(b).
17. As youve seen, at discontinuity at x = a means that the graph has a gap or break or hole at
x = a. It follows then that a function that is continuous on an interval [a, b], loosely speaking, is one
whose graph can be drawn without lifting pencil from paper.
19. Your answer to Worksheet Question #8 should suggest the following:
Theorem 3.1 (Intermediate Value Theorem) If f is a function continuous on the closed interval
[a, b] for which f(a) ,= f(b), and if N is any number between f(a) and f(b), then there exists at least
one number c between a and b such that f(c) = N.
The following picture illustrates the theorem:
N
N
f(a)
f(b)
a c
c
b
6
-
32 LABORATORY # 3. CONTINUITY
20. By letting N = 0, we obtain the following corollary:
Corollary 3.1 If f is a function continuous on [a, b] and if f(a) and f(b) are of opposite algebraic
signs, then f has a zero between a and b, i.e. there exists at least one number c between a and b such
that f(c) = 0.
A Method for Finding Zeroes
21. The Intermediate Value Theorem allows us to approximate the zeroes of a continuous function to any
degree of accuracy. The method, which we will illustrate with an example, is similar to the bisection
method discussed in the text.
22. Author F(x) := x
6
3x 1. The corollary above tells us that F(c) = 0 for at least one c between 1
and 2, since F(1) = 3 < 0 and F(2) = 57 > 0. Plotting this function reveals that there is only one
zero in the interval (1, 2).
23. Author
VECTOR([x, F(x)], x, 1, 2, 0.1)
and approXimate. The above expression tells DERIVE to evaluate the points (x, F(x)) where x steps
from 1 to 2 in increments of size 0.1. By noting where F changes sign, we can determine which of the
intervals [1.1.1], [1.1, 1.2],.. . ,[1.9, 2] contains the zero c. Since F(1.3) < 0 and F(1.4) > 0, we conclude
that 1.3 < c < 1.4.
24. Next we wish to evaluate F(x) at points between 1.3 and 1.4, so Author
VECTOR([x, F(x)], x, 1.3, 1.4, .01)
and approXimate. Now we note that F(1.3) < 0 and F(1.31) > 0 so we conclude that 1.3 < c < 1.31.
25. Answer Worksheet Questions#9 and #10.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Continuity
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) At x = 1, the graph jumps from y= to y = .
(b) lim
x1+
f(x)=
(c) lim
x1
f(x) =

2. (a) How does this graph dier from the previous one?
(b) lim
x1+
g(x) =
(c) lim
x1
g(x) =

3. (a) At x = 1 the graph jumps from y = to y = .
(b) lim
x1+
h(x) =
(c) lim
x1
h(x) =
(d) Suppose I want to join the left and middle pieces of this graph by shifting up the left piece.
This can be done by redening h(x) to be x + a for x < 1 where a is the number of units by
33
34 Worksheet # 3. CONTINUITY
which the left piece of the graph will be shifted up. What should a be so that the jump at x = 1
disappears?
(e) Author and Plot
PIECES ([x + a, x + 1, 2x], [1, 1])
where youve replaced a with the value you came up with in (d). Has the jump disappeared?
(f) For this redened function h(x),
lim
x1+
h(x) =
lim
x1
h(x) =
(g) At x = 1 the graph jumps from y = to y = .
(h) lim
x1+
h(x) =
(i) lim
x1
h(x) =
(j) Find a number b so that redening h(x) to be 2x +b for x 1 makes the second jump disappear.
[Hint: since you want to shift the right piece down, what should be the sign of b?]
(k) Author and Plot
PIECES ([x + a, x + 1, 2x +b], [1, 1])
where youve replaced a and b with the values you came up with in (d) and (j). Have both jumps
disappeared?
Name: 35
(l) For this redened function h(x),
lim
x1+
h(x) =
lim
x1
h(x) =

4. (a) At what x value does the break occur?
(b) Describe the behavior of the graph near this x value.

5. Move the cross along the graph until the x coordinate is as close to 1 as possible.
(a) What is the y coordinate of the cross?
(b) This graph, then, actually has a tiny hole (too small to see) at what point?
(c) lim
x1
x
2
+ 4x + 3
x + 1
=
(d) Show that
x
2
+4x+3
x+1
equals x+3 when x ,= 1. Is this consistent with your answer to (c)? Explain.
[Hint: factor the numerator.]
(e) With the cross on the hole, Center, then zoom in ( F9 ) until the graph begins to break up and
you can see the hole. Author and Plot
y = x + 3
What is (or should be) the dierence between the graph of y =
x
2
+4x+3
x+1
and the graph of y = x+3?
(f) The hole in the graph of F(x) can be lled in by dening F(1) to be .

6. Reset the graphics window, then Author and Plot: y =
sinx
x
(a) The function f(x) =
sin x
x
has a removable discontinuity (i.e. a tiny hole) at x = .
(b) How can this discontinuity be removed?
7. Author and Plot: y =
x 2
x 4
(a) The function f(x) =
x2
x4
has a removable discontinuity at x = .
Name: 37
(b) How can this discontinuity be removed?

8. Suppose f is a function continuous on [a, b] and such that f(a) ,= f(b). Let N be any number between
f(a) and f(b), as in the following picture:
6
-
a
b
f(b)
f(a)
N
r
r
A
B
Draw a continuous curve from A = (a, f(a)) to B = (b, f(b)).
(a) What must be true about the curve you drew as it relates to the line y = N?
(b) Explain why there must be a point c between a and b such that f(c) = N. Label this point c on
your picture.

9. Continuing in this manner, do three more iterations; after each one, write down the interval that
contains c.
(a) < c <
(b) < c <
(c) < c <
10. Use the method we just discussed to nd the root c of
F(x) = x
5
+x + 1.
Begin by verifying that there is a root between 1 and 0. Do four iterations.
Laboratory # 4
Average and Instantaneous Velocity
Teaches:
average and instantaneous velocity
rectilinear motion
1. Laura lives in Hamilton, New York; her parents live 60 miles away in Syracuse. She recently took a
car trip to visit her parents. She left Hamilton at 12:00 p.m. and arrived at her parents house at 1:30
p.m. Laura claims that she never once exceeded the 55 miles per hour speed limit during the entire
trip. In this lab, we shall try to discover whether Laura was telling the truth.
2. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH, then Author
S(t) :=
t
2
(36t
2
428t + 801)
9
3. Choose Plot Beside <ENTER> to open a graphics window; then set your x scale to 0.4 and your y
scale to 15; Move the cross to x = 0.75 and y = 30; nally Center and Plot.
39
40 LABORATORY # 4. AVERAGE AND INSTANTANEOUS VELOCITY
4. The graph in front of you is the plot of Lauras trip; time (in hours, starting at 12:00 p.m.) is plotted
on the horizontal axis, while distance travelled (in miles) is plotted on the vertical axis. So for example,
the graph begins at the origin (0, 0) indicating that at noon (x = 0) she had travelled 0 miles, and it
ends at (1.5, 60) indicating that 1
1
2
hours later (x = 1.5) she had travelled 60 miles. By moving the
cross along the graph and reading o the coordinates of the cross from the bottom of the screen, you
can estimate how far Laura had travelled at any time x ,0 x 1.5.
6. Recall that the average velocity of a moving object over a time interval is computed by dividing the
distance travelled during that time interval by the length of the time interval. Answer Worksheet
Questions #2#4.
7. Your answers to the previous questions should indicate that sometime during the second half hour of
the trip Laura must have exceeded the speed limit. Was she speeding during the whole half hour, or
only for a couple of minutes, perhaps to pass another vehicle? In order to answer these question, we
need to keep calculating her average velocity over smaller and smaller time intervals. Since this can be
tedious, Ive dened some functions to help you out.
41
8. The function VELOCITY will calculate average velocities for you. In your Algebra window, Author
VELOCITY(S(t), 0, 1.5, 3)
and approXimate. You will obtain the vector
[33.1111, 57.7777, 29.1111]. (4.1)
These numbers represent the average velocities during the rst, second, and third half hours of the
trip. They should agree with your answer to Worksheet Question #4.
9. To calculate average velocities over 15-minute intervals, you must divide the original time interval
[0, 1.5] into six subintervals, each of length 1/4 hour. To do this, Author
VELOCITY(S(t), 0, 1.5, 6)
and approXimate. (In general, VELOCITY(S(t), a, b, n) calculates the average velocities over the time
intervals obtained by dividing the interval [a, b] into n equal subintervals.)
11. The function VELPLOT will give you a plot of the average velocities. Author VELPLOT(S(t), 0, 1.5, 3),
then approXimate and Plot. As you can see, the graph you obtain consists of 3 horizontal lines whose
heights are given precisely by (4.1).
13. The graph that youve obtained with VELPLOT is a graph of average velocities over tiny (one-minute)
intervals. You will learn later on that the instantaneous velocity is given by a function called the
derivative of S(t). Just for fun, highlight the expression for S(t) (it should be expression #1) then
choose Calculus Dierentiate, then <Enter> three times. Simplify and Plot.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Average and Instantaneous
Velocity
NAME: DATE:
1. Fill in the following table by reading the coordinates of the cross from the bottom of the screen.
Remember that time t is the x coordinate (in hours) and distance travelled d is the y coordinate (in
miles). Give your answer to the nearest mile.
Time Distance travelled
(to the nearest mile)
12:00
12:20
12:40
1:00
1:20
1:30

43
44 Worksheet # 4. AVERAGE AND INSTANTANEOUS VELOCITY
2. (a) What was Lauras average velocity during her trip?
(b) Does this seem to support Lauras claim that she did not exceed the speed limit? Explain.
3. (a) Calculate Lauras average velocity during the rst 45 minutes of the trip. Use the function S(t)
to evaluate this exactly (instead of reading o an approximation of S(t) from the graph).
Distance travelled= miles
Length of time interval= hours
Average velocity= = miles per hour
(b) Calculate Lauras average velocity during the last 45 minutes of the trip.
(c) On average, during which half of the trip was she travelling faster?
(d) Do your answers support Lauras claim? Explain.
Name: 45
4. (a) Calculate Lauras average velocity during the rst half hour of the trip.
(b) Calculate Lauras average velocity during the second half hour of the trip.
(c) Calculate Lauras average velocity during the last half hour of the trip.
(d) On average, on which third of the trip was she travelling the fastest?
(e) Do your answers support Lauras claim?

5. During which 15 minute interval (i.e. from what time to what time) was Laura travelling the fastest?
What was her average velocity during this time interval?
6. Use the VELOCITY function to ll in the following table:
Time Interval Average Velocity Time Interval Average Velocity
12:00 to 12:05 12:45 to 12:50
12:05 to 12:10 12:50 to 12:55
12:10 to 12:15 12:55 to 1:00
12:15 to 12:20 1:00 to 1:05
12:20 to 12:25 1:05 to 1:10
12:25 to 12:30 1:10 to 1:15
12:30 to 12:35 1:15 to 1:20
12:35 to 12:40 1:20 to 1:25
12:40 to 12:45 1:25 to 1:30

7. Use the VELPLOT function to obtain a graph of Lauras average velocities over 1-minute intervals.
(The plotting may take a while.) Copy the graph onto the coordinate axes below:
Name: 47
30
60
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.5 1.6
Velocity vs Time
8. (a) Use the velocity graph to answer the following questions as accurately as you can. During which
time interval(s) (i.e. from what time to what time) did Laura exceed the 55 mph limit? (Give
your answer in real time to the nearest minute.)
(b) During which time interval(s) was Lauras velocity below 20 mph?
(c) What was Lauras approximate velocity
i. from 12:45 to 12:46?
ii. From 1:20 to 1:21? p.m.?
9. Suppose a y is moving along a horizontal coordinate line, so that its position, or coordinate, on the
line is given by the function s(t) = 4t
2
+ 10t + 6, 0 t 3, where t represents time measured in
seconds. The motion of the y can be represented by the following graph:
-
6 8 10 12 4 2 0
t = 0
t = 3
- s
s
(a) I have indicated on the graph the position of the y at times t = 0 (s(0) = 6) and t = 3 (s(3) = 0).
Compute s(1) and s(2) and label the graph accordingly.
(b) According to your calculations as illustrated by the graph, the y turns around sometime between
t = and t =
(c) Author
S(t) := 4t
2
+ 10t + 6
VELOCITY(S(t), 0, 3, 3)
and approXimate the last expression. This will give you the average velocities of the y over
each of the three time intervals [0, 1], [1, 2], and [2, 3]. Verify these numbers, and explain why
the last two are negative. [Hint: how far has the y moved over the interval [1, 2] and in which
Name: 49
direction?]
(d) Reset the graphics window, then Plot S(t); set the x scale to 0.8, the y scale to 5; Move the cross
to x = 1.5 and y = 0, then Center. These settings should give you a good view of the graph
for 0 x 3. On this graph, time t is measured on the x axis, and the position of the y is
measured on the y axis. Copy the graph below and label the points (both x and y coordinates)
for x = 1, 2, 3.
6
-
1 2 3
0
4
8
12
12
8
4
(e) What can you say about the motion of the y for values of t for which the graph of S(t) is rising?
(f) What can you say about the motion of the y for values of t for which the graph of S(t) is falling?
(g) What then do the x and y coordinates of the peak of this graph represent?
(h) To obtain an approximate graph of the velocity of the y, Author, approXimate, and Plot:
VELPLOT(S(t), 0, 3, 100)
What can you say about the motion of the y for values of t for which the velocity is positive?
(i) What can you say about the motion of the y for values of t for which the velocity is negative?
(j) So what does the x (or t) intercept of the velocity graph represent?
(k) Again highlight the expression for S(t) and choose Calculus Dierentiate,<Enter> three times,
Simplify, to obtain the derivative of S(t). This function gives the instantaneous velocity of the
Name: 51
y at any time t. Plot it to see how close the VELPLOT approximation was. According to your
answer to the previous question, at what exact time does the y turn around?
Laboratory # 5
Derivatives of Some Elementary
Functions
Teaches:
denition of derivative
power rule for derivatives
1. Recall that the derivative of the function f(x) is denoted by f
(x) and is dened by

f
(x) = lim
h0
f(x + h) f(x)
h
. (5.1)
2. In this lab, we will investigate the derivatives of some elementary functions.
3. Author and Plot
F(x) := sinx
4. Now Author
M(x, h) :=
F(x + h) F(x)
h
(compare with (5.1))
52
53
D(x) := M(x, .01)
6. Plot D(x). Answer Worksheet Questions #2 and #3.
7. Verify your answer to Worksheet Question #2 by plotting that function with DERIVE and seeing
whether it coincides with the graph of D(x). Does it?
8. Delete all graphs. Author and Plot
F(x) := x
2
+ 2x + 1
then replot D(x). Answer Worksheet Questions #4 and #5.
9. Verify your answer to Worksheet Question #4 by plotting that function with DERIVE and seeing
whether the graph coincides with the graph of D(x). Does it?
10. Reset the graphics window, then zoom out once ( F10 ). Then choose Options Color Auto No. Next
choose Options Color Plot and pick your favorite color for the next plot.
11. Author
VECTOR(F(a) +D(a)(x a), a, 4, 4, .2)
This will calculate the (approximate) tangent lines to F(x) at x = 4, 3.8, 3.6, . . ., 3.6, 3.8, 4 (these
are only approximate because we are using D for the slope rather than the actual derivative). Now
simplify and Plot 1. Finally choose Options Color Auto Yes and Plot F(x). Do you see now how these
tangent lines can give us a lot of information about the graph of y = F(x)?
12. Author and Plot
F(x) := 2
x
54 LABORATORY # 5. DERIVATIVES OF SOME ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS
then replot expression D(x). Answer Worksheet Questions #6#10.
Many students have a dicult time using the denition (5.1) to evaluate derivatives, mainly because
the algebra involved can get a bit messy. So we are going to cheat a little bit and use DERIVE to
help with the algebra.
13. Close the graphics window. Recall that M(x, h) =
F(x+h)F(x)
h
and that F
(x) = lim
h0
M(x, h).
14. For our rst example, author F(x) := 1. Simplify the expression for M(x, h) and enter the result in
the second column of Table 5.1 on the appropriate line. In column 3 you will enter the limit as h 0
of the entries in column 2.
[Hint: most of the time, to evaluate the limit as h 0, simply plug in 0 for h.]
15. Now author F(x) := x and again simplify M(x, h). Then complete the second line of Table 5.1.
16. Repeat the above with F(x) := x
2
and then with F(x) := x
5
.
18. The derivatives that we have explored so far are for functions of the form x
n
where n is a positive
integer. See what happens when n is negative by repeating the above with F(x) :=
1
x
, F(x) :=
1
x
2
,
and F(x) :=
1
x
4
. Enter your results in Table 5.1. Then answer Worksheet Question #12.
19. Now author F(x) := x
1/2
and again simplify M(x, h). You should get:
x + h
x
h
You cant evaluate the limit as h 0 yet, since plugging in 0 for h yields
0
0
. You will need to do a
little algebra. Answer Worksheet Questions #13 and #14.
20. Author F(x) := x
1/2
and again simplify M(x, h). Answer Worksheet Questions #15 and #16.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Derivatives of Some Elementary
Functions
NAME: DATE:
1. Explain why D(x) can be used as an approximation for F
(x).

2. What familiar function does the graph of D(x) look like?
3. Copy the graphs of F and its derived function D onto the coordinate axes below. Also ll in the blank:
55
56 Worksheet # 5. DERIVATIVES OF SOME ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS
?
-
6
F(x) = sinx
?
-
6
D(x)

4. Find an equation for D(x), then Author and Plot your equation to verify that it coincides with the
graph of D(x).
5. Copy the graphs of F and its derived function D onto the coordinate axes below. Also ll in the blank:
?
-
6
F(x) = x
2
+ 2x + 1
?
-
6
D(x) =

6. Copy the graphs of F(x) = 2
x
and its derived function D onto the coordinate axes below.
?
-
6
F(x) = 2
x
versus its derived function D(x)
Name: 57
7. By comparing the graphs of F(x) and D(x) above, you might conjecture that D(x) = aF(x) for some
constant a. Approximate a (to the nearest tenth) and then verify your answer by plotting aF(x) and
checking that the plot coincides with the graph of D(x).
[Hint: If D(x) = aF(x) for all x, whats D(0)?]
a =
8. Author F(x) := 3
x
. Replot F and D and copy the graphs onto the coordinate axes below:
?
-
6
F(x) = 3
x
versus its derived function D(x)
9. By comparing the graphs of F(x) and D(x) above, you might again conjecture that D(x) = aF(x) for
some constant a. Approximate a (to the nearest tenth) and then verify your answer by plotting aF(x)
and checking whether the plot coincides with the graph of D(x).
a =
10. EXTRA CREDIT: Youve compared the graphs of 2
x
and its derivative, as well as the graphs of 3
x
and its derivative. By trial and error, nd b (to the nearest tenth) such that the graphs of b
x
and its
derivative coincide exactly.
b =

11. Based on your calculations, can you come up with a formula for the derivative of x
n
?
d
dx
x
n
=

12. Does the formula that you came up with in question 11 seem to work when n is a negative integer?
Verify that it does for each of the three examples that you have worked out.

13. Find the limit as h 0 of M(x, h). Enter your results in Table 5.1 on the appropriate line. [Hint:
rationalize the numerator by multiplying both the numerator and the denominator of the expression
by
x +h +
x.]
14. Does the formula that you came up with in question 11 seem to work when n is a positive fraction?
Verify that it does for n = 1/2.

Name: 59
15. Find the limit as h 0 of M(x, h). Enter your results in Table 5.1 on the appropriate line. [Hint:
Again, rationalize the numerator].
16. Does the formula that you came up with in question 11 seem to work when n is a negative fraction?
Verify that it does for n = 1/2.

17. Based on what you learned in this lab, evaluate the following derivatives:
(a)
d
dx
x
100
=
(b)
d
dx
1
x
342
=
(c)
d
dx
x
4/7
=
(d)
d
dx
1
x
3/5
=
F(x) M(x, h) lim
h0
M(x, h)
1
x
x
2
x
5
1
x
1
x
2
1
x
4
x
1
x
Table 5.1: Derivatives of some elementary functions
Laboratory # 6
Newtons Method
Teaches:
Derivation of Newtons method
1. In your Algebra window set Options Precision to Approximate with 10 digits.
2. Author
F(x) := x
5
+ 2x
3
+ 1 (6.1)
D(x) := 5x
4
+ 6x
2
(6.2)
y = D(a)(x a) + F(a) (6.3)
then Plot expression (6.1). Note that D(x) is the derivative of F(x) and so expression (6.3) is the
equation of the line tangent to the graph of y = F(x) at the point (a, F(a)).
4. Set your x and y scales to 0.5; Move the cross to (0, 0) and Center. Choose Algebra Options Precision
61
62 LABORATORY # 6. NEWTONS METHOD
Exact <Return>. Then answer Worksheet Questions #3-#7.
5. The algorithm that you just performed to approximate the zero of F(x) is called Newtons method.
The basic idea is as follows:
(a) Choose an initial approximation x
0
to the zero (in the example you worked through, this initial
approximation was x
0
= 1).
(b) Draw the line tangent to the graph of the function at x
0
. Find x
1
, the x intercept of this line.
It should be a number thats closer to the zero than your rst approximation. (This was your
answer to Worksheet Question #3).
(c) Draw the line tangent to the graph of the function at x
1
, then nd x
2
This should be a number thats even closer to the zero than your previous approximation. (This
was your answer to Worksheet Question #4).
(d) Continue in this manner. At each step you are nding the x intercept of the line tangent to the
graph of the given function at the approximation found in the previous step.
(e) Stop when youve attained required accuracy.
7. Author
F(x) :=
D(x) :=
This will clear the previous denitions of F and D. Then answer Worksheet Question #9.
8. To automate Newtons method, we proceed as follows:
(a) Come up with an initial approximation x
0
for the root x.
63
(b) Plug this approximation in for a into the function you found in Worksheet Question #9 to come
up with your next approximation x
1
.
(c) Plug x
1
in for a into the function you found in Worksheet Question #9 to come up with your
next approximation x
2
.
(d) Continue in this manner until two successive approximations agree in as many decimal places as
your desired accuracy.
9. Use this procedure to redo your calculation of
7. Remember that you must rst dene F and D. If

your calculations dont agree with your previous ones, youve make a mistake.
11. Finally, Derives ITERATES function can be used to automate iteration techniques such as the one
you have studied in this lab. To see how this works, Author
ITERATES(a F(a)/D(a), a, 1, 4) (6.4)
and approXimate. The resulting string of numbers should agree with your answers to Worksheet
Question #10b. The general syntax for the ITERATES function is
ITERATES(u, x, x
0
, n)
where x
0
is the initial value of x at which expression u will be evaluated, and n is the number of
iterations that will be performed. You may want to rework Worksheet Questions #8 and #10a using
the ITERATES function. For example, to rework Question #10a, Author
F(x) := x
3
+ x + 1
D(x) := 3x
2
+ 1
ITERATES(a F(a)/D(a), a, 1, 4)
then approXimate the last expression.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Newtons Method
NAME: DATE:
1. F(x) has one zero. Use the cross to approximate it. Zoom in ( F9 ) to get as much accuracy as you
can.
x = (approximately)
2. Derives soLve command internally uses the bisection method which we studied earlier in this course
to nd a zero (as long as Options Precision is set to Approximate). Use it to approximate the zero of
F(x). You will need to give Derive an initial interval in which to start searching for the root.
x =

3. Write down the equation of the line tangent to the graph of F(x) at x
0
= 1, then Plot it.[Hint:
Manage Substitute 1 for a in expression (6.3), then use the Expand command to write it in the form
y = mx + b (Just hit Return when prompted for the expand variable).] Draw the tangent line on the
graph below, and label x
1
, its x intercept. Find x
1
by highlighting the right side of the equation of the
tangent line and then using the soLve command, followed by approXimate.
Tangent line: y = x+
65
66 Worksheet # 6. NEWTONS METHOD
3
2
1
1
2
3
2 x
0
1 2
.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x intercept: x
1
=
4. Write down the equation of the line tangent to the graph of F(x) at the point x
1
that you found in
Question #3, then Plot it. Also nd x
2
[Note: always use approX to obtain decimal representations of numbers.]
x intercept: x
2
=
5. Write down the equation of the line tangent to the graph of F(x) at the point that you found in
Question #4, then Plot it. Also nd x
3
x intercept: x
3
=
6. Continue in this manner until successive calculations are equal in the rst 6 decimal places.
x
4
=
x
5
=
Name: 67
7. How does your answer to Question #6 compare to your answers to Questions #1 and #2?

8. Use Newtons method to approximate
7 to ve decimal places (i.e. until successive approximations

agree in the rst 5 decimal places). At each step, write down the equation of the tangent line in
y = mx +b form as well as the x intercept. Use x
0
= 3 for your initial approximation. [Hint: consider
the function F(x) = x
2
7 and the appropriate D(x)].
x
0
= 3 y = x +
x
1
= y = x +
x
2
= y = x +
x
3
= y = x +
x
4
=

9. For any a, nd a formula for the x intercept of the line tangent to y = F(x) at (a, F(a)).

68 Worksheet # 6. NEWTONS METHOD
10. Use Newtons method (i.e. the formula in Question #9) to nd approximations (to ve decimal places)
to all real roots of the following functions. In each case, plot the function to determine the number of
roots, and use the closest integer to the root for x
0
. Remember to redene F(x) and D(x) each time.
(a) F(x) = x
3
+ x + 1
x
0
=
x
1
=
x
2
=
x
3
=
x
4
=
x
5
=
(b) F(x) = cos x x
x
0
=
x
1
=
x
2
=
x
3
=
x
4
=
Laboratory # 7
Three Important Theorems About
Derivatives
Teaches:
First derivative at interior extrema
Rolles Theorem
Mean Value Theorem
1. Author and Plot the function y = 1 x
2
and locate the highest point on the graph for 2 < x < 2.
Move your cross to this highest point, then Center and zoom in (use F9 ). Keep zooming in and
centering until the graph in front of you is a straight line.
3. Reset your graphics window by choosing Window Designate 2D-Plot. Author and Plot the function
y = 12x
5
45x
4
+20x
3
+90x
2
120x+43, 2 < x < 2. You should leave your x scale at 1 (so that the
interval [2, 2] is visible in your graphics window) and set the y scale so that the entire graph is visible.
69
70 LABORATORY # 7. THREE IMPORTANT THEOREMS ABOUT DERIVATIVES
You may want to use F8 to zoom out in the vertical direction; F7 zooms the vertical direction in.
Again locate the highest point with your cross, then Center and zoom in until the graph in front of
you is a straight line. Answer Worksheet Question #2.
4. Repeat the above for the function y =
34x
2
1+4x
2
, 2 < x < 2. Answer Worksheet Question #3.
5. Complete the statement of Theorem 7.3 in Worksheet Question #4. Then answer Worksheet Questions
#5 #7.
6. Let f be a function that is continuous on [a, b] and dierentiable on (a, b). Assume f(a) = f(b). Let
f(c) be the maximum height of f on [a, b]. Let f(d) be the minimum height of f on [a, b]:
6
-
f(d)
f(a) = f(b)
f(c)
a c
d b
8. Hopefully, you are now convinced of the following theorem:
Theorem 7.1 (Rolles Theorem) Let f be a continuous function on the closed interval [a, b] and
have a derivative for all x in the open interval (a, b). If f(a) = f(b), then there is at least one number
c in (a, b) such that f
(c) = 0.
71
10. Finally, suppose f satises all the hypotheses of Rolles theorem, except that f(a) and f(b) are not
necessarily equal. The Mean Value Theorem says that there must be some c in (a, b) at which the
tangent line is parallel to the line joining (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)):
6
-
(a, f(a))
r
r
r
(b, f(b))
(c, f(c))
a c
b
11. Since parallel means having the same slope, and the slope of the line joining (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)) is
f(b)f(a)
ba
, we have:
Theorem 7.2 (Mean Value Theorem) Let f be a continuous function on the closed interval [a, b]
and have a derivative for all x in the open interval (a, b). Then there is at least one number c in (a, b)
such that f
(c) =
f(b)f(a)
ba
.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Three Important Theorems About
Derivatives
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) What are the coordinates of the highest point of the graph of y = 1 x
2
, 2 < x < 2?
(b) What is the slope of the line that you see (i.e. of the tangent line at this highest point)?

2. (a) What are the coordinates of the highest point of the graph of y = 12x
5
45x
4
+ 20x
3
+ 90x
2
120x + 43, 2 < x < 2?


73
74 Worksheet # 7. THREE IMPORTANT THEOREMS ABOUT DERIVATIVES
3. (a) What are the coordinates of the highest point of the graph of y =
34x
2
1+4x
2
, 2 < x < 2?

4. Theorem 7.3 (Theorem of the Interior Extremum) Let f be a function dened at least on the
open interval (a, b). If f takes on a maximum value (or a minimum value) at a number c in this
interval and if f
(c) exists, then f
(c) = .
5. Give an example of a function which is continuous on a closed interval for which the theorem fails
(i.e. for which the tangent line at the highest point is not horizontal). [Hint: look for a function whose
highest point occurs at one of the endpoints of the interval.]
6. Give an example of a function f dened on some interval [a, b] that has a horizontal tangent at some
point (c, f(c)) but such that (c, f(c)) is not the highest (or lowest) point on the graph. [Hint: look at
y = x
3
on some appropriate interval.]
7. For each function f in Questions #1#3, verify (show your work) that f
(c) = 0 for the maximum

Name: 75
point (c, f(c)) that you found.

8. (a) If a < c < b, what can we conclude about f
(c) by Theorem 7.3?

(b) If a < d < b, what can we conclude about f
(d) by Theorem 7.3?

(c) Suppose both c and d are endpoints of [a, b]. This means that both the highest and lowest points
of the graph occur at the endpoints.
What kind of function must f be on [a, b]? (Hint: Recall that we are assuming that f(a) = f(b),
so that the height at both endpoints is the same.]
So what must f
(x) be for any x in (a, b)?

9. Let f(x) = 32x
6
48x
4
+ 18x
2
1.
(a) Does f(x) satisfy the hypotheses of Rolles theorem on the interval [1, 1]? Explain.
(b) Plot f(x). How many points c are there in (1, 1) that satisfy the conclusion of Rolles theorem
(i.e. for which f
(c) = 0)? Find them all, correct to 6 decimal places.[Hint: evaluate f
(x), then
Author it; use Derives Factor Rational command to factor f
(x); so you should then be able to

nd its zeroes exactly, then approXimate them.]

Name: 77
The following instructions pertain to questions 1013.
For each of the following functions f and intervals [a, b]:
(a) Plot f on [a, b] and copy the graph onto the given coordinate axes.
(b) Find the slope of the line through (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)).
(c) Find the equation of the line through (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)). Write your equation in slope-intercept
form. [Note: Figure out the equation in point-slope form rst, then soLve for y, Expand, and
approXimate to obtain the equation in slope-intercept form.] Plot the line and copy the plot onto
the coordinate axes.
(d) If the hypotheses of the Mean Value Theorem are satised:
i. Write down the equation that you must solve to nd the points c that satisfy the conclusion
of the Mean Value Theorem. This equation will be of the form:
f
(c) = m
where m is the slope that you found in (a), and f
(c) is the derivative of f (evaluated at c)

that you must evaluate.
ii. Author this equation and soLve for c to nd all points c that satisfy the conclusion of the
mean value theorem; label these points (both x and y coordinates) on your graph.
Otherwise, explain which hypothesis the Mean Value Theorem does not hold.
(e) Find the equation of the tangent line to the graph of f at each point c found above. Write it in
slope-intercept form. [Note: in point-slope form, the equation is y f(c) = m(x c), where m is
the number that you found in (a). See (c) to convert to slope-intercept form.]
Plot each line and copy it onto the coordinate axes.
10. f(x) = x
3
12x on [2, 2]
-
6
?
4
8
12
16
4
8
12
16
1 2 1 2
(b) Slope of line through (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)) is :
.
(c) Equation of line through (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)): x+
(d) If MVT applies:
(i) Equation to solve for c:
(ii) c =
If MVT doesnt apply, explain why:
(e) If MVT applies, write down equations of tangent lines:
y = x+
y = x+
Name: 79
11. f(x) = 8x
4
8x
2
+ 1 on [1, 0.5]
-
6
?
(b) Slope of line through (a, f(a)) and (b, f(b)) is:
(d) If MVT applies:
(ii) c =
y = x+
y = x+
12. f(x) =
1
(x2)
2
on [0, 3]
-
6
?
(d) If MVT applies:
(ii) c =
y = x+
y = x+
Name: 81
13. f(x) = x
2/3
on [2, 2] (Choose Manage Branch Any before Plotting)
-
6
?
(d) If MVT applies:
(ii) c =
y = x+
y = x+
Laboratory # 8
An Introduction to Riemann Sums
Teaches:
summation formulas
approximating areas via step functions
Riemann sums
1. There are two ways in which you can have Derive evaluate a sum for you, such as
5
k=1
(2k 1).
First way: Author 2k 1, then choose Calculus Sum <Enter>; type k for the variable of summation,
1 for the lower limit, and 5 for the upper limit. Then Simplify the resulting expression. Try this.
Second way: Author SUM(2k 1, k, 1, 5) and Simplify. Try this as well; you should get the same
answer.
3. Summation Formulas. As we get into Riemann sums and integration, we will nd ourselves often
needing to evaluate sums of 1,000 or 10,000 terms. Clearly, most of the time this wont be possible
without a computer. However, sometimes these sums can be evaluated using summation formulas. For
82
83
example,
1,000
k=1
2 = 2 + 2 + + 2
. .
1, 000 2s
= 1, 000 2 = 2, 000;
and in general,
n
k=1
c = c + c + + c
. .
n cs
= n c = nc.
This is our rst summation formula.
5. The functions dened in the previous exercises are called step functions.
Denition 8.1 A step function is a function whose domain is a union of nonoverlapping intervals
and such that the function is constant on each interval.
Derive has an easy way of expressing step functions using the CHI function. For example, the function
in Worksheet Question #11 would be written as
CHI(2, x, 1) + 3 CHI(1, x, 2) + 2 CHI(2, x, 4).
6. Author the above and plot and compare with the sketch you made in Worksheet Question #11.
7. It should be clear to you now that if f is a step function, then the region under f is the union of
rectangles and so the area under f can easily be computed using basic geometry.
8. Let f(x) =
1
2
x
3
+x
2
+ 1 and suppose we want to compute the area above the x axis and below this
curve between x = 1 and x = 2.
9. Author
F(x) :=
1
2
x
3
+ x
2
+ 1
84 LABORATORY # 8. AN INTRODUCTION TO RIEMANN SUMS
10. Author and Plot
F(x) CHI(1, x, 2) (8.1)
Also set the x and y scales to 2. (Multiplying by the CHI function has the eect of zeroing out f(x)
outside the interval [1, 2]).
11. We will try to approximate the area under the graph by nding a step function whose graph is close
to that of f; then the area under the step function should be close to the area under f.
12. Author and Plot:
CHI(1, x, 0)F(0) + CHI(0, x, 1)F(1) + CHI(1, x, 2)F(2) (8.2)
13. The step function (8.2) was obtained by dividing the interval [1, 2] into three equal subintervals [1, 0],
[0, 1], and [1, 2], and then dening a step function so that the height on each of these subintervals was
the same as the height of F at the right-hand endpoint of the subinterval (0 for [1, 0], 1 for [0, 1], and
2 for [1, 2]). Answer Worksheet Question #13.
14. In your graphics window choose Delete Last to remove the graph of (8.2). Then Author and Plot
CHI(1, x, .5)F(0.5) + CHI(.5, x, 0)F(0) + CHI(0, x, .5)F(0.5)
+CHI(.5, x, 1)F(1) + CHI(1, x, 1.5)F(1.5) + CHI(1.5, x, 2)F(2) (8.3)
15. The step function (8.3) was obtained by dividing the interval [-1,2] into 6 equal subintervals and then
dening a step function whose height on each subinterval was equal to the height of F at the right-hand
endpoint of the subinterval.
85
17. We can generalize this process by using n subintervals. In this case, the area under the graph of
y = F(x) (where F is a positive function) for a x b, will be approximated by
n
k=1
b a
n
F
_
a +
k(b a)
n
_
(8.4)
Denition 8.2 Any expression of the form
n
k=1
b a
n
f(x
k
)
where a + (k 1)
ba
n
x
k
a +k
ba
n
is called a Riemann sum.
NOTES:
(a) In Worksheet Questions #13#15, you evaluated some Riemann sums where a = 1, b = 2, x
k
is the righthand endpoint of the kth interval, and n = 3, 6, and 12, respectively.
(b) In general, if f 0, then a Riemann sum is used to approximate the area under f on the interval
[a, b].
(c) Other common choices for x
k
are the left-hand endpoint of the kth subinterval or the midpoint
of the kth subinterval.
18. In our previous example, we had F(x) =
1
2
x
3
+ x
2
+ 1, a = 1, and b = 2. Author the sum (8.4)
using Calculus Sum. Then verify (using Manage Substitute and approXimate) that when n = 3, you
get 3.5. Also verify that:
(a) When n = 6 you obtain the answer to Worksheet Question #14.
(b) When n = 12 you obtain the answer to Worksheet Question #15.
19. Answer Worksheet Question #16 and #17.
&
$
%
&
$
%
An Introduction to Riemann Sums
NAME: DATE:
1. Use Derive to calculate the following sums; express your answers as decimals:
(a)
100
k=1
k
2
(b)
7
j=3
1
j
2
+ 1

2. Express the following sum using sigma notation, then use the rst summation formula (i.e. dont
use Derive) to evaluate:
3 + 3 + 3 + + 3
. .
25 times
3. Use sigma notation to express the sum 1 + 2 + + n, then use Calculus Sum to obtain our second
summation formula.
4. Express each of the following sums using sigma notation, then use the second summation formula
to evaluate; show your work; dont use Derive, except to check your answer:
87
88 Worksheet # 8. AN INTRODUCTION TO RIEMANN SUMS
(a) 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5
(b) 1 + 2 + + 100
5. Use sigma notation to express the sum 1
2
+ 2
2
+ +n
2
, then use Calculus Sum to obtain our third
summation formula.
6. Express each of the following sums using sigma notation, then use the third summation formula to
evaluate; show your work; dont use Derive except to check your answer:
(a) 1
2
+ 2
2
+ 3
2
+ 4
2
+ 5
2
+ 6
2
(b) 1
2
+ 2
2
+ + 100
2
7. Use sigma notation to express the sum 1
3
+2
3
+ +n
3
, then use Calculus Sum to obtain our fourth
summation formula.
8. Express each of the following sums using sigma notation, then use the fourth summation formula to
evaluate:
(a) 1
3
+ 2
3
+ 3
3
Name: 89
(b) 1
3
+ 2
3
+ + 10
3
9. Use summation formulas and the properties of sigma notation to evaluate the following sum:
7
j=1
(2j
2
3j + 4)
10. a. Sketch a graph of y = 2 on the coordinate axes below and shade in the region that lies above the
x axis and below the graph of y = 2 between x = 1 and x = 3.
-
6
?
1 2 3 1 2 3
1
2
3
1
2
3
b. Calculate the area of the shaded region.
11. a. Sketch the graph of f(x) dened by f(x) =
_
_
1, 2 x < 1;
3, 1 x < 2;
2, 2 x 4.
-
6
?
1 2 3 4 1 2 3
1
2
3
1
2
3
b. Shade in the region above the x axis that lies under the graph of f(x) between x = 2 and x = 4
and calculate the area of this region.
12. For each of the following, nd the area of the region above the x axis that lies below the function f.
In (a) and (b) sketch the region:
a. f(x) =
_
_
2, 1 x < 3;
3, 3 x < 4;
1, 4 x < 4.5;
5, 4.5 x 5.
Name: 91
-
6
?
2 4 6 2 4 6
2
4
6
2
4
6
b. f(x) =
_
_
3, 3 x 2;
2, 0 < x 1;
1.5, 1 < x 2.
-
6
?
1 2 3 1 2 3
1
2
3
1
2
3
c. f(x) =
_
_
A, a x < b;
B, b x < c;
C, c x < d;
D, d x e.

13. Below is the graph of f(x) =
1
2
x
3
+x
2
+ 1. Copy the graph of the step function (8.2) onto the same
axes; shade in the area of the region under the step function and calculate the area of the shaded
region.
Name: 93
1
1
2
3
4
2 1 1 2 3
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Area= F( ) + F( ) + F( )
=
3
k=1
F( )
= + +
=

14. Copy the graph of the step function (8.3) onto the coordinate axes below. Shade in the area of the
region under the step function and calculate the area of the shaded region.
1
1
2
3
4
2 1 1 2 3
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Area= F( )+ F( )+ F( )+ F( )+ F( )+ F( )
=
6
k=1
F( )
=
15. Now draw the step function that you get when you use 12 subintervals, then shade in the region under
the step function and calculate the area of the shaded region.
1
1
2
3
4
2 1 1 2 3
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Area=
12
k=1
F( ) =
[Note: Use Derives Calculus Sum and approXimate commands to evaluate the sum.]

16. Use Manage Substitute and approXimate to approximate the area under F(x) =
1
2
x
3
+x
2
+1 when
Name: 95
a. n = 20
b. n = 100
c. n = 1000
17. Author and Plot
F(x) :=
_
1 x
2
then use the formula (8.4) (with a = 1 and b = 1 to approximate the area under F(x)
(a) when n = 100
(b) when n = 1000
(c) Use geometry to determine the exact area under the curve y =
1 x
2
from x = 1 to x = 1.
Explain.[Note: you may want to approXimate the exact answer so that you can compare it to
your answers above.]
Laboratory # 9
The Fundamental Theorem of
Calculus
Teaches:
denite and indenite integrals
The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus derivative form
The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus antiderivative form
1. Recall that a Riemann sum is any expression of the form
n
k=1
b a
n
f(x
k
), (9.1)
where a +
ba
n
(k 1) x
k
a +
ba
n
k.
2. Also recall that if f 0 on [a, b], then (9.1) represents the areas of rectangles which approximate the
area under f between x = a and x = b; the following picture illustrates this for n = 5:
96
97
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a
x
1
x
2
x
3
x
4
x
5
b
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Denition 9.1 The denite integral of f from a to b, denoted by
_
b
a
f(x) dx, is dened by
_
b
a
f(x) dx = lim
n
n
k=1
b a
n
f(x
k
). (9.2)
x is called the variable of integration.
3. Note that the variable of integration makes no dierence to the value of the integral, so that
_
b
a
f(x) dx =
_
b
a
f(u) du =
_
b
a
f(y) dy
4. In the special case when a = 0, b = x. and x
k
= a +
ba
n
k =
kx
n
, (9.2) becomes:
_
x
0
f(u) du = lim
n
n
k=1
x
n
f
_
kx
n
_
5. In this lab we will investigate the above limit for dierent functions f. Author
F(x) := x
n
k=1
x
n
F
_
kx
n
_
(9.3)
and Simplify expression (9.3).
7. Author F(x) := x
2
and simplify expression (9.3) again; also evaluate the limit as n .
98 LABORATORY # 9. THE FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM OF CALCULUS
8. Repeat the above for each of the following functions; you may use Calculus Limit to evaluate the limits:
(a) F(x) := x
3
(b) F(x) := x
4
(c) F(x) := x
5
9. Anwer questions #2 and #3.
10. I hope that you have discovered the following wonderful result:
d
dx
_
x
0
f(u) du = f(x).
Now as a matter of fact, it turns out that the above result is still true if we replace the lower limit 0
with any other number a:
Theorem 9.1 (Fundamental Theorem of Calculusderivative form) Let f(x) be continuous on
an interval [a, b]. Then
d
dx
_
x
a
f(u) du = f(x). (9.4)
This theorem will be crucial in helping us evaluate denite integrals. The only way that we know how
to do this at the moment is to evaluate limits of Riemann sums.
11. Suppose we wish to evaluate
_
b
a
f(u) du for a given function f and a given interval [a, b]. We rst make
the following denition:
Denition 9.2 An antiderivative of f is a function g whose derivative is f. We denote an an-
tiderivative of f by
_
f(x) dx. We say that
_
f(x) dx is the indenite integral of f.
For example, an antiderivative of x is
1
2
x
2
since the derivative of
1
2
x
2
is x. So is
1
2
x
2
+ 3 since it has
the same derivative.
99
13. Even though a function can have many antiderivatives, once you have found one antiderivative g youve
essentially found them all, for any other antiderivative is of the form g +C where C is some constant.
We would then write, for example,
_
x dx =
1
2
x
2
+C,
to denote that every function whose derivative is x looks like
1
2
x
2
+C for some number C; C is called
the constant of integration and must always be included when evaluating indenite integrals.
15. You have (hopefully) now discovered the second formulation of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus:
Theorem 9.2 (Fundamental Theorem of Calculusantiderivative form) Let f be continuous
on [a, b] and let G be any antiderivative of f. Then
_
b
a
f(u) du = G(b) G(a).
Example: Since G(x) =
1
3
x
3
is an antiderivative of x
2
, we have that
_
2
1
x
2
dx = G(2) G(1) =
1
3
(2
3
)
1
3
(1
3
) =
8
3

1
3
=
7
3
.
17. If you let x
k
= a +
ba
n
k inn (9.1), then you obtain the Riemann sum
n
k=1
b a
n
f
_
a +
b a
n
k
_
(9.5)
_
b
a
f(x) dx is the limit as n of the above. To Author expression (9.5), rst Author
ba
n
F
_
a +
ba
n
k
_
,
then use the Calculus Sum command to obtain the above sum.
100 LABORATORY # 9. THE FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM OF CALCULUS
19. When f 0 on [a, b], weve seen that
_
b
a
f(x) dx represents the area bounded by the graph of f and
the x axis between x = a and x = b.If f(x) < 0 for some x [a, b], then
_
b
a
f(x) dx still represents the
area bounded by f and the x axis, except that the area of the regions that lie below the x axis get
subtracted. So in the following picture,
_
b
a
f(x) dx = area A area B + area C.
-
A
B
C
a
b
6
?
&
$
%
&
$
%
The Fundamental Theorem of
Calculus
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) What do you get when you simplify expression (9.3)?
(b) What is the limit of expression (9.3) as n ?
(c) Explain the result geometrically (i.e. what area does
_
x
0
u, du represent) ?

101
102 Worksheet # 9. THE FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM OF CALCULUS
2. Complete the following table:
F(x)
n
k=1
x
n
F(kx/n) lim
n
n
k=1
x
n
F(kx/n) =
_
x
0
F(u) du
x
x
2
(n+1)
2n
x
2
2
x
2
x
3
x
4
x
5
3. What is the relationship between the entries in column 1 and column 3 of the above table?

4. Find antiderivatives for the following functions:
(a) f(x) = x
2
(b) f(x) = sinx
(c) f(x) = sin3x
Name: 103
5. Explain why if g is an antiderivative of f, then so is g +C for any constant C.

6. Consider now the problem of evaluating
_
b
a
f(u) du, where f is continuous on [a, b].
(a) Use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus (9.4) to show that if F(x) =
_
x
a
f(u) du, then F is an
antiderivative of f.
(b) Suppose that G is any antiderivative of f. In view of the previous remarks, there must be a
constant C such that for any x [a, b],
G(x) = F(x) +C (9.6)
Show that C = G(a). [Hint: plug in x = a in (9.6)]
(c) Show that F(b) = G(b) G(a). [Hint: plug in x = b in (9.6)]

7. (a) Show geometrically that
_
2
1
x dx =
3
2
.
(b) Show that
_
2
1
x dx =
3
2
by using the Fundamental Theorem of Calculusantiderivative form (The-
orem 9.2).

8. (a) Use the Riemann sum (9.5) with n = 100 to approximate the integral
_
5
1
(x
2
+ 3x + 1) dx. [Hint:
Author F(x) := x
2
+ 3x + 1 then Manage Substitute a = 1, b = 5 and n = 100 into (9.5);
approXimate.
(b) Use the Riemann sum (9.5) with n = 100 to approximate the integral
_
2
0
4 x
2
dx.
(c) Use the Riemann sum (9.5) with n = 100 to approximate the integral
_
3
1
1
x
3
+1
dx.
(d) Evaluate the integral
_
5
1
(x
2
+ 3x + 1) dx exactly by using the Fundamental Theorem of Calcu-
lus.(Check your answer by Authoring x
2
+ 3x + 1 then choosing Calculus Integrate <Return>
<Return < <Return>; then Simplify; compare to your answer to (a).)
Name: 105
(e) An antiderivative for
4 x
2
will not be available to us until we have studied inverse trig func-
tions. (Use the Calculus Integrate command to see what the antiderivative looks like.) So you
cant (at least not yet) use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate
_
2
0
4 x
2
exactly.
However, nd an exact value for
_
2
0
4 x
2
dx by using geometry. (Compare to your answer to
(b).)
(f) Finding an antiderivative for
1
x
3
+1
is again dicult; even Derive cant do it (See what happens
when you use Calculus Integrate). In this instance, it is not possible to obtain an exact value for
_
3
1
1
1+x
3
dx. The best that we can do is approximate it as you did above. We will study some
more eective approximation techniques later on; for now, use Derives built-in approximation
technique as follows: choose Calculus Integrate as before, but type in 1 and 3 for the lower and
upper limits, respectively. Then approXimate the resulting denite integral. (Compare to your
answer to (c).)

9. Use the fundamental theorem of calculus to evaluate
_
3
0
(2x1) dx, then check your result geometrically.
10. Give geometric arguments for the following. Draw a picture to illustrate your argument:
(a) If f is an even function (i.e. symmetric with respect to the y axis), then
_
a
a
f(x) dx = 2
_
a
0
f(x) dx.
(b) If f is an odd function (i.e. symmetric with respect to the origin) then
_
a
a
f(x) dx = 0.
Laboratory # 10
Approximate Integration
Teaches:
numerical integration techniques Midpoint, Trapezoidal, and Simpsons
rules
error bounds
1. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH.
2. The fundamental theorem of calculus gives us a very easy way of evaluating
_
b
a
f(x) dx provided
we can nd an antiderivative for f. Many times this isnt possible and the best we can do is
approximate the denite integral.
3. Let a = x
0
< x
1
< < x
n
= b be the regular partition of the interval [a, b] into n equal subintervals,
so that x
k
= a +
k(ba)
n
. One way of approximating
_
b
a
f(x) dx is to calculate the Riemann sum:
n
k=1
b a
n
f(x
k
)
where x
k1
x
k
x
k
. When x
k
is the midpoint of [x
k1
, x
k
], we call this approximation technique
the midpoint rule.
107
108 LABORATORY # 10. APPROXIMATE INTEGRATION
4. Set Options Precision to Exact with 10 digits. Author and Plot
F(x) := x sin(x)
5. In your graphics window, choose Options State Rectangular Connected Large <Enter>. Also set the
x and y scales to .5, Move the cross to (.5, .5) and Center. Then Author , Simplify, and Plot
GMIDPOINT(x sin(x), 0, 1, 4)
to see a graphical display of the 4 rectangles whose areas approximate the integral
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx.
7. Now Author and approXimate
MIDPOINT(x sin(x), 0, 1, 4)
Your answer should agree with your answer to Worksheet Question #1. In general, Author, Simplify,
and Plot GMIDPOINT(F(x), a, b, n) to obtain a graphical display of the n rectangles whose areas ap-
proximate
_
b
a
F(x) dx using the midpoint rule; then Author and approXimate MIDPOINT(F(x), a, b, n)
to evaluate the combined area of these rectangles.
9. Some more popular approximation techniques are based on the fact that since polynomials are easily
integrated, we should try to approximate f on each subinterval by a suitably chosen polynomial and
then integrate the polynomial. The simplest polynomial is a straight line, and this is the basis for the
Trapezoidal Rule.
10. Delete All graphs and replot F(x) = x sin(x). Then Author, Simplify,
and Plot
GTRAP(F(x), 0, 1, 4)
109
This will give you a graphical display of the trapezoids used to approximate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx using the
trapezoidal rule with n = 4.
11. Recall that the area of a the trapezoid depicted below is
1
2
(w)(u + v).
u
v
w
TRAP(F(x), 0, 1, 4)
and Plot GTRAP(F(x), a, b, n) to obtain a graphical display of the n trapezoids whose areas approx-
imate
_
b
a
F(x) dx using the trapezoidal rule; then Author and approXimate TRAP(F(x), a, b, n) to
evaluate the combined area of these trapezoids.
15. Simpsons Rule is derived by approximating the function f over every two subintervals [x
2k2
, x
2k
] by
the parabola (i.e. second degree polynomial) that goes through [x
2k2
, f(x
2k2
)], [x
2k1
, f(x
2k1
)],
and [x
2k
, f(x
2k
)]. So for Simpsons rule, n must be even.
16. Delete All graphs and replot F(x) = x sin(x). Then Author, Simplify,
and Plot
GSIMPSON(F(x), 0, 1, 4)
This will give you a graphical display of the parabolic regions used to approximate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx
using Simpsons rule with n = 4.
17. For example, the rst parabola has to go through the points (0, F(0)), (.25, F(.25)), and (.5, F(.5)).
To evaluate the equation of this parabola, Author and Simplify, and Plot
FIT
_
[x, ax
2
+bx + c], [[0, F(0)], [.25, F(.25)], [.5, F(.5)]]
_
The graph should coincide with the previous one for 0 x .5.
SIMPSON(F(x), 0, 1, 4)
and Plot GSIMPSON(F(x), a, b, n) to obtain a graphical display of the n parabolic regions whose areas
approximate
_
b
a
F(x) dx using Simpsons rule; then Author and approXimate SIMPSON(F(x), a, b, n)
to evaluate the combined area of these regions.
21. In all of our approximations to
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx, we were able to determine the accuracy of the approx-
imation since we knew what the exact answer was. Usually, we do not know the exact value of the
integral that we are approximating, but we still need to know how accurate our approximation is.
Theorem 10.1 (Error Bound for Midpoint Rule) Suppose I =
_
b
a
f(x) dx and M
n
is an approx-
imation to I using the midpoint rule with n rectangles. If there exists a number M > 0 such that
[f
(x)[ M for all x in [a, b], then

[I M
n
[
M(b a)
3
24n
2
111
22. As an example, consider the integral
_
3
1
1 + x
3
dx. Delete All graphs, and set both x and y scales to
1; then Author
_
1 + x
3
and choose Calculus Integrate <Enter> <Enter> <Enter>; Simplify. As you can see, even Derive
cannot come up with an antiderivative for
1 +x
3
, so we cannot evaluate
_
3
1
1 +x
3
dx exactly.
23. Suppose we wish to use the midpoint rule to approximate this integral accurate to 3 decimal places
(i.e. so that the error [I M
n
[ < 5 10
4
). In order to use the above theorem, we need to nd M.
The number M is an upper bound for [f
(x)[ where f(x) =
1 + x
3
. So highlight
1 + x
3
and use
the Calculus Dierentiate command with order 2 to nd the second derivative. Simplify and Plot.
Theorem 10.2 (Error Bound for Trapezoidal Rule) Suppose I =
_
b
a
f(x) dx and T
n
is an ap-
proximation to I using the trapezoidal rule with n trapezoids. If there exists a number M > 0 such that
[f

[I T
n
[
M(b a)
3
12n
2
Theorem 10.3 (Error Bound for Simpsons Rule) Suppose I =
_
b
a
f(x) dx and S
n
is an approx-
imation to I using Simpsons rule with n subintervals. If there exists a number M > 0 such that
[f
(4)
[I S
n
[
M(b a)
5
180n
4
26. The number M that comes up in the error estimate for Simpsons rule is not necessarily the same one
as the one used for the Midpoint and Trapezoidal rules, as it relates to the fourth derivative of f(x).
Use Derive to nd the fourth derivative of
1 +x
3
. Then Plot it. The graph should convince you that
the same value of M that was used for our error estimates using the Midpoint and Trapezoidal rules
will also work (in this case) for Simpsons rule.
28. Finally we note that approximate integration can be used to nd decimal approximations to irrational
numbers such as . Answer Worksheet Question #10.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Approximate Integration
NAME: DATE:
Note: Give decimal approximations for your answers unless you are asked specically for an exact answer.
1. On the axes below is the graph of y = x sin(x); sketch and shade the rectangles whose area represents
the midpoint approximation with n = 4 to
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx. Then evaluate the area of the shaded
rectangles.
.5
1
.5 1
...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
113
114 Worksheet # 10. APPROXIMATE INTEGRATION
Area of rectangle #1: F( ) =
Total area:

2. (a) Use the midpoint rule with n = 10 to approximate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx (i.e. Author and approXimate
MIDPOINT(F(x), 0, 1, 10)).
(b) Use the midpoint rule with n = 100 to approximate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx.
(c) To use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx exactly, we need to nd
an antiderivative for x sin(x). Later on, you will be able to use the technique of integration
by parts to do this; for now, use Derive: Author
x sin(x)
then choose Calculus Integrate <Enter> <Enter> <Enter>, then Simplify. Use this antiderivative
to evaluate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx exactly; then approXimate it to obtain a decimal expansion:
(d) To how many decimal places was your midpoint approximation with n = 100 accurate?

Name: 115
3. On the axes below is the graph of y = x sin(x); sketch and shade the trapezoids whose area represents
the trapezoidal rule approximation with n = 4 to
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx. Then evaluate the area of the shaded
trapezoids.
.5
1
.5 1
...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Area of trapezoid #1:
1
2

_
F( ) + F( )
_
=
1
2

_
F( ) + F( )
_
=
1
2

_
F( ) + F( )
_
=
1
2

_
F( ) + F( )
_
=
Total area:

4. (a) Use the trapezoidal rule with n = 10 to approximate
_
1
0
TRAP(F(x), 0, 1, 10)).
(b) Use the trapezoidal rule with n = 100 to approximate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx.
(c) To how many decimal places was your trapezoidal rule approximation with n = 100 accurate?
(Recall that the exact value of this integral was obtained in Question 2c)

5. (a) Write down the equation of the parabola that intersects the graph of F(x) = x sin(x) at x = 0,
x = .25, and x = .5.
(b) Find the area under this parabola from x = 0 to x = .5 by integrating this parabola from x = 0
to x = 0.5. (You may use Calculus Integrate, entering 0 and .5 for the lower and upper limits,
respectively; then Simplify and approXimate.)
(c) Find the equation of the parabola that intersects the graph of F(x) = x sin(x) at x = .5, x = .75,
and x = 1 (i.e. Author and Simplify
FIT
_
[x, ax
2
+ bx + c], [[0.5, F(0.5)], [.75, F(.75)], [1, F(1)]]
_
and Plot to make sure it coincides with the previous graph for .5 x 1.
(d) Find the area under this parabola from x = .5 to x = 1 by integrating this parabola from x = .5
to x = 1.
(e) Find Simpsons rules approximation of
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx with n = 4 by adding your answers to (b)
Name: 117
and (d).

6. (a) Use Simpsons rule with n = 10 to approximate
_
1
0
SIMPSON(F(x), 0, 1, 10)).
(b) Use Simpsons rule with n = 100 to approximate
_
1
0
x sin(x) dx.
(c) To how many decimal places was Simpsons rules approximation with n = 100 accurate?

7. (a) M has to be a number such that [f
(x)[ M for all x in [1, 3] i.e. the graph of f
(x) must lie

entirely between the horizontal lines y = M and y = M for 1 x 3. Looking at the graph of
f
(x), whats the smallest integer that we can let M be?

(b) Author the inequality
M(b a)
3
24n
2
< 0.0005
then use Manage Substitute to plug in a = 1, b = 3, and M = the value that you found in (a).
Then choose soLve to solve the inequality. What is the smallest positive integer n that satises
the inequality?
(c) Use the midpoint rule with this value of n to approximate
_
3
1
1 +x
3
dx to three decimal places
(i.e. Author and approXimate MIDPOINT(
1 +x
3
, 1, 3, n) where n is the number you found in
(b)).

8. (a) In order to gure out the value of n needed to insure accuracy to 4 decimal places in the trapezoidal
rule, Author the inequality
M(b a)
3
12n
2
< 0.00005
and use Manage Substitute to plug in the same values of a, b, and M as before. Then soLve the
inequality. What is the smallest positive integer n that satises the inequality?
(b) Use the trapezoidal rule with this value of n to approximate
_
3
1
1 +x
3
dx to four decimal places.

9. (a) In order to gure out the value of n needed to insure accuracy to 5 decimal places in Simpsons
rule, Author the inequality
M(b a)
5
180n
4
< 0.000005
Name: 119
and use Manage Substitute to plug in the same values of a, b, and M as before. Then soLve the
inequality. What is the smallest positive even integer n that satises the inequality?
(b) Use Simpsons rule with this value of n to approximate
_
3
1
1 + x
3
dx to 5 decimal places.
(c) Which of the three rules (midpoint, trapezoidal, and Simpsons) seems to be the most ecient
(i.e. the one that gives the most accuracy with the fewest subintervals n)?

10. In Calculus II you will learn that
_
1
0
4
1+x
2
dx = .
(a) Find the smallest integer M such that [f
(4)
(x)[ M for 0 x 1 where f(x) =
4
1+x
2
. [Hint:
Use Derive to nd the fourth derivative of f(x) then Plot it with x scale 1 and y scale 40.]
(b) Author and soLve the inequality
M(b a)
5
180n
4
< 0.00000005
where you have plugged in a = 0, b = 1 and M = the value found in (a). What is the smallest
positive even integer that satises the inequality?
(c) Use Simpsons rule with this value of n to approximate =
_
1
0
4
1+x
2
dx to 7 decimal places.
Laboratory # 11
Volumes of Revolution
Teaches:
solids of revolution
approximating volumes using disks
approximating volumes using shells
1. Weve seen that in calculating the area of an irregular region, it was possible to approximate the region
by rectangles for which we already know how to calculate the area.
2. We will see that we can extend this idea to volumes, by approximating a solid by solids whose volumes
we already know how to calculate.
3. Below, I remind you of some formulas for volumes that you may have forgotten. You will want to refer
to them as you work through this lab.
120
121
...... ........ ..... .... .... ... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ... ... .... .... ...... ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................
r
.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .............
.............
.............
............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .............
.............
.............
.......
Sphere:
4
3
r
3
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ... .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. ....
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ... .. . .. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................................................
r
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
h
..............
..............
Cylinder: r
2
h
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ... .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .... ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .............
............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .............
.............
.. ... .. . .. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. ... .. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................
r
1
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
h
..............
..............
......................................... .........................................
r
2
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
Shell: r
2
2
h r
2
1
h
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ... .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................
r
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
h
..............
..............
Cone:
1
3
r
2
h
4. Answer all the questions on the worksheet.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Volumes of Revolution
NAME: DATE:
1. For each of the following, state what kind of solid is generated by revolving the given region R about
the given axis L. Then use your knowledge of geometry to write down the volume of the solid of
revolution.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
6
?
h
r
R
x
y
(a) axis L = y axis
solid = volume =
123
124 Worksheet # 11. VOLUMES OF REVOLUTION
.... ...... ... ... .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .... ..... ..... .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
6
?
a a
R
x
y
(b) axis L = x axis
solid = volume =
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
-
6
?
h
r
R
x
y
(c) axis L = y axis
solid = volume =
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...............................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
6
?
h
r
1
r
2
R
x
y
(d) axis L = x axis
solid = volume =
Name: 125
.............................................................................................................................................................................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...............................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
6
?
h
r
1
r
2
R
x
y
(e) axis L = y axis
solid = volume =
2. Consider the triangular region below, bounded by the x axis, the line y = x/2, and the line x = 8; also
consider the solid generated by revolving this region about the x axis:
(a) The volume of this solid of revolution can be approximated by the volume of the thin cylinders one
obtains by revolving the shaded region indicated in the picture below. We call these thin cylinders
disks. Use (1d) to nd the volume of each disk, then sum them all up to nd an approximation for
the desired volume. Give your nal answer both in terms of and as a decimal approximation.
Disk # r
2
r
1
h volume
1
2
3
4
Total volume=
(b) Repeat using 8 subdivisions:
Name: 127
Disk # r
2
r
1
h volume
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Total volume=
(c) Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH. You can now use the command VOLUME X(F(x), a, b, n)
to approximate the volume of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving the region under the
graph of the (nonnegative) function F(x) between x = a and x = b about the x axis. For example,
Author and approXimate each of the following two expressions:
VOLUME X(x/2, 0, 8, 4)
VOLUME X(x/2, 0, 8, 8)
the approximations should agree with your answers to (a) and (b) above. Now Author
VOLUME X(x/2, 0, 8, n)
and use Manage Substitute to plug in each given value of n, then approXimate to nd the
approximate volume of revolution using n disks:
n Approximate Volume n Approximate Volume
4 300
8 400
100 500
200 1, 000
(d) Use the formula for the volume of a cone to nd the exact volume of the solid of revolution.
3. Consider the half-circle below, bounded by the x axis and the the curve y =
4 x
2
; also consider
the solid obtained by revolving this region about the x axis:
(a) The volume of this solid of revolution can be approximated by the volume of the disks one obtains
by revolving the shaded region indicated in the picture below. Use (1d) to nd the volume of
each disk, then sum them all up to nd an approximation for the desired volume. Give your nal
answer both in terms of and as a decimal approximation.
Name: 129
Disk # r
2
r
1
h volume
1
2
3
4
Total volume=
Disk # r
2
r
1
h volume
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Total volume=
(c) Now Author
VOLUME X(
_
4 x
2
, 2, 2, n)
and use Manage Substitute to plug in each given value of n, and approXimate to estimate the
volume of the solid of revolution using n disks; the approximations for n = 4 and n = 8 should
agree with your answers to (a) and (b) above:
4 300
8 400
100 500
200 1, 000
(d) Use the formula for the volume of a sphere to nd the exact volume of the solid of revolution.
Name: 131
4. Consider the triangular region below, bounded by the x and y axis, and the line y = 4 x/2; also
consider the solid generated by revolving this region about the y axis:
(a) The volume of this solid of revolution can be approximated by the volume of the shells one obtains
by revolving the shaded region indicated in the picture below. Use (1e) to nd the volume of each
shell, then sum them all up to nd an approximation for the desired volume. Give your nal
answer both in terms of and as a decimal approximation.
Shell # r
1
r
2
h volume
1
2
3
4
Total volume=
Shell # r
1
r
2
h volume
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name: 133
Total volume=
(c) To approximate the volume of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving the region under the
graph of the (nonnegative) function F(x) between x = a and x = b about the y axis using n
shells, you can Author and approXimate VOLUME Y(F(x), a, b, n). For example, Author and
approXimate each of the following two expressions:
VOLUME Y(4 x/2, 0, 8, 4)
VOLUME Y(4 x/2, 0, 8, 8)
the approximations should agree with your answers to (a) and (b) above.
(d) Now Author
VOLUME Y(4 x/2, 0, 8, n)
and use Manage Substitute to plug in each given value of n, and approXimate to estimate the
volume of the solid of revolution using n shells:
4 300
8 400
100 500
200 1, 000
(e) Use the formula for the volume of a cone to nd the exact volume of the solid of revolution.
Laboratory # 12
Exponential and Logarithmic
Functions
Teaches:
natural logarithm function -denition, graph, derivative
natural exponential function -denition, graph, derivative
1. By the power rule, we can nd antiderivatives for almost all functions of the form x
r
. Answer Worksheet
Questions #1.
2. Since we do not yet have an antiderivative for
1
x
, we cannot use the fundamental theorem of calculus
to evaluate the integral
_
b
a
1
x
dx. However, we have several approximation techniques at our disposal.
3. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH. Then Author and Plot 1/x; Move the cross to (2, 1) and
Center; choose Options State Rectangular Connected Large <Return>; also choose Options Color
Auto No. We will use Simpsons rule with n = 20 to approximate integrals. To obtain a graphical
134
135
display of the approximate area represented by the integral
_
2
1
1
x
dx, Author, Simplify, and Plot
GSIMPSON(1/x, 1, 2, 20)
then to approximate this area, Author and approXimate
SIMPSON(1/x, 1, 2, 20)
4. To obtain a graphical display of the approximate area represented by
_
3
1
1
x
dx, in your graphics window
choose Options Color Plot to change the next plot color, then Author, Simplify, and Plot
GSIMPSON(1/x, 1, 3, 20)
then to approximate this area, Author and approXimate
SIMPSON(1/x, 1, 3, 20)
6. The properties that you have discovered about F(x) should remind you of some important functions
which youve studied in high school called logarithms.
Denition 12.1 The function F(x) =
_
x
1
1
t
dt, x > 0, is called the natural logarithm function.
We write F(x) = lnx.
Some properties of the natural logarithm:
ln(xy) = ln(x) + ln(y)
ln
_
x
y
_
= ln(x) ln(y)
In other words, logs turn products into sums, and logs turn quotients into dierences. Answer Work-
sheet Questions #6 and #7.
136 LABORATORY # 12. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS
7. The number G(1) is a very important irrational number which is denoted by e. Because G(2) = e
2
and G(3) = e
3
, and in general G(r) = e
r
for rational numbers r, we use the notation G(x) = e
x
.
Denition 12.2 The function G(x) = e
x
, dened as the inverse of the natural logarithm function
F(x) = lnx, is called the exponential function with natural base e. The number e is an irrational
number which is approximately equal to 2.7.
8. Analogous to the properties of the natural logarithm, we obtain some properties of the exponential
function:
e
x+y
= e
x
e
y
e
xy
=
e
x
e
y
In other words, exponential functions turn sums into products, and dierences into quotients.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Exponential and Logarithmic
Functions
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) What is an antiderivative of x
r
, r ,= 1?
(b) Can this rule be used when r = 1? Explain.

2. (a) Below are two graphs of y = 1/x; in the rst graph, shade the region whose area is represented
by the denite integral
_
2
1
1
x
dx. In the second graph, shade the region whose area is represented
by the denite integral
_
3
1
1
x
dx.
137
138 Worksheet # 12. EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS
4
2
2
4
4 2 2 4
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y = 1/x
4
2
2
4
4 2 2 4
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y = 1/x
(b) Explain why
_
2
1
1
x
dx should be smaller than
_
3
1
1
x
dx.
(c) In general, if 1 < a < b, which will be larger,
_
a
1
1
x
dx, or
_
b
1
1
x
dx? Explain.
3. So if we dene F(x) =
_
x
1
1
t
dt, x > 0, use Simpsons rule with n = 20 to approximate the following:
(a) F(2) =
_
2
1
1
t
dt =
_
2
1
1
x
dx
(b) F(3) =
_
3
1
1
t
dt =
_
3
1
1
x
dx
(c) F(1/2) =
_
1/2
1
1
t
dt =
_
1
1/2
1
x
dx
Name: 139
(d) F(1/3) =
_
1/3
1
1
t
dt =
_
1
1/3
1
x
dx
(e) Conjecture a property about F(x) based on this calculations.
(f) Why is F(x) not dened when x < 0?
4. Use Simpsons rule with n = 20 to approximate F(x) =
_
x
1
1
t
dt at the given values of x. Round your
answers to the nearest hundredth.
x F(x) x F(x) x F(x)
1 0.1 4
0.75 0.01 6
0.5 2 7
0.25 3 8
5. (a) Compare F(6) = F(2 3) to F(2) +F(3); then compare F(0.75) = F(3 0.25) to F(3) +F(.25).
What do you notice? Conjecture a general property about F(x) based on your observations.
(b) Compare F(3) = F
_
0.75
0.25
_
to F(0.75) F(0.25); then compare F(4) = F
_
8
2
_
to F(8) F(2).
What do you notice? Conjecture a general property about F(x) based on your observations.

6. (a) Graph the points (x, F(x)) that you calculated in Question #4 above, then connect them with
a smooth curve to obtain a rough graph of the function F(x). Then on the second set of axes,
graph the points (F(x), x) to obtain a rough graph of the inverse of F(x), which we will call G(x).
-
6
?
y = F(x)
5 5
5
5
-
6
?
y = G(x)
5 5
5
5
(b) Use the denition of F(x) (as an integral) and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to nd
F
(x). For x > 0, is F increasing or decreasing? Explain.

Name: 141
(c) Find F
(x). Is this consistent with the concavity exhibited by your graph? Explain.
(d) Your graph of F(x) should suggest that lim
x0+
F(x) = and lim
x
F(x) = . What then
are the following limits?
lim
x
G(x) =
lim
x
G(x) =
7. (a) Approximate G(1) to one decimal place,i.e, you want to nd b such that F(b) = 1. [Hint: you
want to nd b such that F(b) =
_
b
1
1
x
dx = 1. Since you know (approximately) the values of F(2)
and F(3), explain (in terms of areas) why b must be between 2 and 3, then use Simpsons rule to
approximate F(2.1), F(2.2), etc. to nd the number b for which F(b) is closest to 1.
(b) Use the same technique as above to nd G(2) to one decimal place.(i.e. to nd b such that
F(b) =
_
b
1
1
x
dx = 2). Start by explaining why G(2) must be between 7 and 8.
(c) Verify that G(2) [G(1)]
2
.
(d) Approximate G(3) to one decimal place. Start by explaining why G(3) must be between 20 and
21. You will need to approximate F(20) and F(21) using Simpsons rule with n = 50.
(e) Verify that G(3) [G(1)]
3
.

8. Author G(x) := e
x
; (note: to enter the number e in Derive, you must use Alt-e; it will appear on the
screen as e); Plot to verify that your graph of G(x) above is correct. Then Author
G(x + .01) G(x)
0.01
This last expression should be approximately equal to G
(x). Plot it. What seems to be the relationship

between G(x) = e
x
and G
(x)?
Laboratory # 13
Inverse Trigonometric Functions
Teaches:
the six inverse trigonometric functions graphs, domains, ranges, and derivatives
1. Author and Plot
y = sinx
then zoom out once ( F10 ) and answer Worksheet Question #1.
2. The function which you just graphed is called the inverse sine or arcsine. We generally write
y = arcsin(x) or y = sin
1
(x). Derives notation for this function is ASIN, so Author and Plot
y = ASIN(x)
This graph should coincide with your previous one.
3. Each time we introduce a new function, we are interested in evaluating its derivative. Answer Worksheet
Question #2.
143
144 LABORATORY # 13. INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
4. Delete All graphs, then Author and Plot
y = cos x
and answer Worksheet Question #3.
5. The function which you just graphed is called the inverse cosine or arccosine. We generally write
y = arccos(x) or y = cos
1
(x). Derives notation for this function is ACOS, so Author and Plot
y = ACOS(x)
6. Again, we are interested in evaluating the derivative of the inverse cosine function, so answer Worksheet
Question #4.
y = tanx
8. The function which you just graphed is called the inverse tangent or arctangent. We generally
write y = arctan(x) or y = tan
1
(x). Derives notation for this function is ATAN, so Author and Plot
y = ATAN(x)
9. Again, we are interested in evaluating the derivative of the inverse tangent function, so answer Work-
sheet Question #6.
y = cot x
145
11. The function which you just graphed is called the inverse cotangent or arccotangent. We generally
write y = arccot(x) or y = cot
1
(x). Derives notation for this function is ACOT, so Author and Plot
y = ACOT(x)
12. Again, we are interested in evaluating the derivative of the inverse cotangent function, so answer
Worksheet Questions #8 #10.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Inverse Trigonometric Functions
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) The function y = sinx does not have an inverse. Why not?
(b) What is the biggest number a such that, if you restrict the domain of y = sinx to the interval
[a, a], then it will have an inverse?
(c) Author and Plot
[x, sinx]
(this will plot points (x, y) such that y = sinx and x is in the interval specied by you); use your
answer to (b) to enter the min and max values. Copy the graph below (recall that is intered as
Alt-p), and write down the domain and range of this function.
147
148 Worksheet # 13. INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=
(d) To obtain a graph of the inverse of this restricted sine function, we need to interchange x and y
values from the previous graph. To do this, Author [sin x, x] and Plot; the min and max values
should remain the same as before. Copy the graph below and write down the domain and range.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=

Name: 149
2. To obtain an approximate graph of
d
dx
sin
1
(x), Author and Plot
ASIN(x +.01) ASIN(x)
.01
(13.1)
(a) Copy the graph below:
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
(b) This graph doesnt really look like any familiar functions; for example its too fat to be a
parabola. However, Author and Plot
1
_
ASIN(x+.01)ASIN(x)
.01
_
2
Note: recall that F3 can be used to bring down a highlighted expression to the Author line; F4
brings it down with parentheses around it. Copy this graph below:
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
(c) This graph looks much more like a parabola; in fact it is one. Find its equation. [Hint: compare
this graph to the graph of y = x
2
and use your knowledge of shifts and/or reections of functions.]
(d) Verify that your answer above is correct by Plotting the equation that you found to make sure
that its graph coincides witht the previous one. Then since
answer to (c) =
1
_
d
dx
sin
1
x
_
2
,
you should now be able to solve for
d
dx
sin
1
x.

3. (a) The function y = cos x does not have an inverse. Why not?
(b) What is the biggest number a such that, if you restrict the domain of y = cos x to the interval
[0, a], then it will have an inverse?
(c) Author and Plot
[x, cos x]
Name: 151
use your answer to (b) to enter the min and max values. Copy the graph below, and write down
the domain and range of this function.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=
(d) To obtain a graph of the inverse of this restricted cosine function, we need to interchange x and
y values from the previous graph. To do this, Author [cos x, x] and Plot; the min and max values
should remain the same as before. Copy the graph below and write down the domain and range.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=

4. Author and Plot ASIN(x) + ACOS(x).
(a) What do you notice? Write down an identity.
(b) Use your identity and the derivative of sin
1
x which we have already calculated to obtain the
derivative of cos
1
x.

5. (a) The function y = tanx does not have an inverse. Why not?
(b) What is the biggest number a such that, if you restrict the domain of y = tanx to the interval
(a, a), then it will have an inverse?
(c) Author and Plot
[x, tanx]
for the min and max values enter an interval slightly smaller than the restricted domain that you
found in (b), e.g. [1.5, 1.5] (if you plug in the exact endpoints the plotting will take much longer
because the function becomes innite at the endpoints). Copy the graph below, and write down
the domain and range of this function.
Name: 153
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=
(d) To obtain a graph of the inverse of this restricted tangent function, we need to interchange x and
y values from the previous graph. To do this, Author and Plot
[tanx, x]
the min and max values should remain the same as before. Copy the graph below and write down
the domain and range.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=

6. To obtain an approximate graph of
d
dx
tan
1
(x), Author and Plot
ATAN(x + .01) ATAN(x)
.01
(13.2)
(a) Copy the graph below:
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
(b) Again, this graph doesnt really look like any familiar functions; so Author and Plot
1
_
ATAN(x+.01)ATAN(x)
.01
_
again using F3 or F4 to save typing. Copy this graph below:
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
Name: 155
(c) This graph looks much more like a parabola; in fact it is one. Find its equation. [Hint: again
compare this graph to the graph of y = x
2
.]
(d) Verify that your answer above is correct by Plotting the equation that you found to make sure
that its graph coincides witht the previous one. Then since
answer to (c) =
1
d
dx
tan
1
x
,
you should now be able to solve for
d
dx
tan
1
x.

7. (a) The function y = cot x does not have an inverse. Why not?
(b) What is the biggest number a such that, if you restrict the domain of y = cot x to the interval
(0, a), then it will have an inverse?
(c) Author and Plot
[x, cot x]
for the min and max values enter an interval slightly smaller than the restricted domain that you
found in (b), e.g. [.1, 3.1]. Copy the graph below, and write down the domain and range of this
function.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=
(d) To obtain a graph of the inverse of this restricted cotangent function, we need to interchange x
and y values from the previous graph. To do this, Author and Plot
[cot x, x]
the min and max values should remain the same as before. Copy the graph below and write down
the domain and range.
Name: 157
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
domain=
range=

8. Author and Plot ATAN(x) + ACOT(x).
(a) What do you notice? Write down an identity.
(b) Use your identity and the derivative of tan
1
x which we have already calculated to obtain the
derivative of cot
1
x.
9. Finally, lets look at the inverse secant and cosecant functions. Delete All graphs, then Author and
Plot
y = sec x
y = ASEC(x)
(a) Copy the graphs below:
-
6
?
y = sec(x)
5 5
5
5
-
6
?
y = sec
1
(x)
5 5
5
5
(b) Recall that the graph of the inverse of a function can be obtained by reecting the graph of the
original function across the diagonal y = x. With a darker color pen, go over the part of the
graph of y = sec x that corresponds to the part of the graph that was inverted to obtain the
graph of y = ASEC(x). What are the domain and range of this restricted secant function? What
are the domain and range of the inverse secant function?
domain of restricted secant=
range of restricted secant=
domain of inverse secant=
range of inverse secant=
(c) Use Calculus Dierentiate to obtain the derivative of the inverse secant.
y = csc x
Name: 159
y = ACSC(x)
(a) Copy the graphs below:
-
6
?
y = csc(x)
5 5
5
5
-
6
?
y = csc
1
(x)
5 5
5
5
(b) With a darker color pen, go over the part of the graph of y = csc x that corresponds to the part
of the graph that was inverted to obtain the graph of y = ACSC(x). What are the domain and
range of this restricted cosecant function? What are the domain and range of the inverse cosecant
function?
domain of restricted cosecant=
range of restricted cosecant=
domain of inverse cosecant=
range of inverse cosecant=
(c) Use Calculus Dierentiate to obtain the derivative of the inverse cosecant.
Laboratory # 14
Integration of Rational Functions
Teaches:
uisng partial fraction decompositions to integrate rational functions
2. If we wanted to nd antiderivative of
3
x+1

1
x2
, we could easily use the integration formula in
Worksheet Question #1(a) to obtain 3 ln[x + 1[ ln[x 2[ + C. However, if instead we were given
the (equivalent) expression
2x7
x
2
x2
, the problem of nding an antiderivative is not simple, unless we
realize that the expression can be decomposed into the partial fractions
3
x+1

1
x2
.
3. In this lab we will look at complicated rational expressions of the form
F(x)
G(x)
, where F(x) and G(x) are
polynomials such that the degree of the numerator is strictly less than the degree of the numerator.
(If the degree of the numerator is greater than or equal to that of the denominator, long division
will reduce the expression to the desired form.) We will learn that such complicated expressions can
be decomposed into simpler partial fractions, each of which can be integrated by using one of the
formulas from Worksheet Question #1.
160
161
5. As you have seen, if the denominator of your rational expression factors completely into linear factors
so that each factor is of the form (x a)
n
,then the expression can always be decomposed into terms
of the form
A
(xa)
k
, and these can be integrated by using formula (a) (if k = 1) or formula (b) if k > 1
in Worksheet Question #1.
6. However, not all polynomials factor this nicely. In particular, a quadratic expression of the form
ax
2
+ bx +c will not factor into linear factors if b
2
4ac < 0 (recall the quadratic formula).
7. Answer Worksheet Questions #4 and #5 to see how to handle these kinds of expressions.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Integration of Rational Functions
NAME: DATE:
1. In this lab, we will need a small table of integrals which we will develop here. Some of these integrals
you should be able to do on your own (in fact, all except (e) are straight forward; (e) requires a trig
substitution); however, if you need help you may use Derive to do the integration; for example for (a),
you can Author
1
ua
, then choose Calculus Integrate, enter u for the integration variable, and leave
the upper and lower limits blank; then Simplify.
Notes:
Derive does not use absolute values for the rst integral, but you should.
Derive does not include the +C in the integration, but you should.
(a)
_
du
u a
=
(b)
_
du
(u a)
n
=
(c)
_
du
u
2
+a
2
=
(d)
_
u du
u
2
+a
2
=
(e)
_
du
(u
2
+ a
2
)
2
=
(f)
_
u du
(u
2
+ a
2
)
2
=

163
164 Worksheet # 14. INTEGRATION OF RATIONAL FUNCTIONS
2. Author
8x
5
81x
4
+ 298x
3
456x
2
+ 222x + 41
x
6
10x
5
+ 35x
4
44x
3
9x
2
+ 54x 27
Complicated as this expression appears, you will be able to integrate it using only the short table that
you developed in Question #1 (and some clever algebra which we will let Derive take care of).
(a) The rst thing to notice is that the denominator factors. Highlight the denominator only of
this expression (use the right arrow key) and choose Factor raDical to factor it. Write down the
factored denominator:
(b) Now Expand this last expression and write down the partial fraction decomposition that you
obtain.
(c) Now integrate each term of the partial fraction decomposition (use the appropriate formulas from
Worksheet Question #1 if you need to).
(d) Notice that each factor of the form (x a)
n
in the denominator of the original expression gave
rise to n terms in the partial fraction decomposition of the form
A
(xa)
k
, k = 1, 2, . . . , n:
Name: 165
Factor n Terms in expansion
(x 3)
3
3
1
x3
,
1
(x3)
2
,
2
(x3)
3
(x 1)
2
2
3
x1
,
2
(x1)
2
x + 1 1
4
x+1
So if I changed the denominator to (x 3)
3
(x 1)
2
(x +1)(x +2)
4
, the partial fraction decompo-
sition would now contain more terms of the form (use A, B, C,. . . for unknown
constants):
3. Author
x
x
3
3x
2
+x + 1
(a) Highlight the denominator and choose Factor raDical. This time the denominator factors into
(x a)(x b)(x c), only the numbers a, b , and c are not all rational.(Be careful with your
signs!)
a =
b =
c =
(b) Expand the last expression; if you collect terms that have the same denominator, the resulting
expression can be put into the form
A
x a
+
B
x b
+
C
x c
where a, b, c, are as above and
A =
B =
C =
(c) Now you should be able to to the integration (use (a) from the table in Question #1 if you really
need to).

4. Author
3x
4
+x
3
+ 5x
2
+ 3x + 18
x
5
+ 2x
4
8x
2
12x 8
(a) Highlight the denominator, then choose Factor raDical to factor it. Write down the factored
denominator:
(b) Now Expand the last expression; write down the expansion, but collect the terms with the same
denominator:
(c) Only one of the three terms that you obtained above can be integrated easily. Do the integration
for this term (using (a) from the table in Question #1 if you need to):
Name: 167
(d) Lets look at the term in the expansion of the form
Ax+B
ax
2
+bx+c
. Author this term by itself. The
goal now is to nd a u substitution that will allow us to integrate this term using formulas (c)
and/or (d) from the table. To do this, you need to use the technique of completing the square
to express the denominator as u
2
+a
2
. Do this now and identify u and a; also solve for x in terms
of u:
i. u =
ii. a =
iii. x =
(e) To do the the u substitution, use Manage Substitute on the expression
Ax+B
ax
2
+bx+c
that you Authored
above to replace x by your answer to (4(d)iii) above. Then Expand. Write down what you get.
(f) You should now be able to integrate your answer to (e) (use formulas (c) and (d) from the table
in Question #1 if you need to) then rewrite in terms of x.
(g) Now, Author the term in the expansion that you obtained in (4b) that looks like
Ax+B
(ax
2
+bx+c)
2
by
itself. Again choose Manage Substitute to write in terms of u using the same u substitution that
you came up with in (4d); Expand.
(h) Now integrate your answer to (g) (you will need formulas (e) and (f) from the table in Question
#1); then rewrite in terms of x.
(i) Finally, put everything together to obtain an antiderivative for the original expression
3x
4
+x
3
+5x
2
+3x+18
x
5
+2x
4
8x
2
12x8
:
(j) Notice that the factor of the form (ax + bx + c)
n
in the denominator of the original expression
gave rise to n terms in the partial fraction decomposition of the form
Ax+B
(ax
2
+bx+c)
k
, k = 1, 2, . . . , n:
Factor n Terms in expansion
(x
2
+ 2x + 2)
2
2
2x3
x
2
+2x+2
,
x1
(x
2
+2x+2)
2
So if I changed the denominator to (x 2)(x
2
+ 2x + 2)
2
(x
2
2x + 5)
3
, the partial fraction
decomposition would now contain more terms of the form (use A, B, C,. . . for
Name: 169
unknown constants):
5. Author
8x
7
+ 50x
6
+ 241x
5
+ 477x
4
+ 763x
3
361x
2
+ 273x + 169
x
8
+ 7x
7
+ 34x
6
+ 62x
5
+ 65x
4
169x
3
then follow the same procedure as above to integrate, i.e.
(a) Highlight the denominator, then choose Factor raDical to factor it:
(b) Expand the entire expression, then write down the expansion, collecting terms with like denomi-
nator.
(c) Integrate each of the four term of the form
A
(xa)
n
(you may use the integration formulas (a) and
(b) in Worksheet Question #1 if you need to).
(d) For the two terms of the form
Ax+B
(ax
2
+bx+c)
n
, you need to complete the square to write the denomi-
nator ax
2
+ bx +c in the form u
2
+k
2
. Identify u and k; also solve for x in terms of u:
i. u =
ii. k =
iii. x =
(e) Author the term in (5b) that has the form
Ax+B
ax
2
+bx+c
by itself and use Manage Substitute to do
the u substitution in (5d(iii)) above. Then Expand. Write down the expansion:
(f) Now integrate (use formulas (c) and (d) in Question #1 if you need to). Then rewrite in terms
of x.
(g) Finally Author the term in (5b) that has the form
Ax+B
(ax
2
+bx+c)
2
by itself and use Manage Substitute
to do the same u substitution as before; Expand and write down the expansion:
(h) Integrate the above (you will need formulas (e) and (f) from Question #1); then rewrite in terms
Name: 171
of x.
(i) Now, put everything together to obtain the integral of the original expression.
Laboratory # 15
Improper Integrals
Teaches:
convergence and divergence of improper integrals
1. Transfer Load the Utility File LABS.MTH.
Author and Plot
1
x
2
, then use Calculus Integrate, setting the lower limit at 1 and the upper limit at
1, to obtain the expression
_
1
1
1
x
2
dx
3. As you see, the integral
_
1
1
1
x
2
dx should not be evaluated using the fundamental theorem of calculus.
Let us now focus our attention on half of this integral, i.e. on
_
1
0
1
x
2
dx; if we can gure out the value
of this integral (if indeed the area of this unbounded region can be assigned a nite value?) then, by
symmetry, the original integral must be twice that value.
4. To obtain a graphical display of the approximate area represented by
_
1
0
1
x
2
dx, set your x scale to
172
173
.25 and the y scale to 50, Move the cross to (.5, 75) and Center; choose Options State Rectangular
Connected Large <Enter>; then choose Options Color Auto No; then choose Options Color Plot if
you wish to change the Next plot color; nally Author, Simplify, and Plot
GTRAP
_
1
x
2
, 0, 1, 15
_
6. The integrals
_
1
1
1
x
2
dx,
_
1
0
1
x
2
dx, and
_
1
0
1
x
dx are examples of improper integrals. These integrals
are improper because the function being integrated has an innite discontinuity somewhere in the
interval of integration. Both 1/x
2
and 1/
x have innite discontinuities at x = 0.

7. In terms of areas, the integrals
_
1
0
f(x) dx, where f(x) =
1
x
2
or f(x) =
1
x
, represent areas of un-
bounded regions. We try to get around this problem by approximating
_
1
t
f(x) dx and so ignoring
the area from 0 to t where t is a number very close to 0:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
0 t 1
ignore -
_
1
t
f(x) dx

Denition 15.1 Let f be a function continuous on (a, b) (in the above picture, a = 0 and b = 1).
(a) Suppose f has an innite discontinuity at a (but is continuous at b). Then the integral
_
b
a
f(x) dx
is called an improper integral. If
lim
ta+
_
b
t
f(x) dx = L
174 LABORATORY # 15. IMPROPER INTEGRALS
exists, then we say this improper integral converges to L. If this limit does not exist (or is innite),
we say that this improper integral diverges.
(b) If the innite discontinuity occurs at b, then the convergence or divergence of the improper integral
_
b
a
f(x) dx is determined by evaluating
lim
tb
_
t
a
f(x) dx
8. Your calculations should suggest that
_
1
0
1
x
2
dx diverges and
_
1
0
1
x
dx converges. Answer Worksheet
Question #8.
9. Another kind of improper integral occurs when the interval of integration is innite, as in
_
a
f(x) dx.
The convergence/divergence of such an integral is determined by whether the limit lim
t
_
t
a
f(x) dx
exists.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Improper Integrals
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) On the axes below, sketch the graph of y =
1
x
2
; then shade the (unbounded) region whose area is
represented by the integral
_
1
1
1
x
2
dx.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
(b) Simplify the expression
_
1
1
1
x
2
dx. Explain why the answer that you obtain cannot possibly be
correct.
(c) Explain how Derive obtained this answer by blindly applying the fundamental theorem of
175
176 Worksheet # 15. IMPROPER INTEGRALS
calculus.
(d) Explain why the fundamental theorem of calculus should not be used to evaluate this integral.
[Hint: whats wrong with f(x) =
1
x
2
on the interval [1, 1]?]

2. (a) Why do you only see 14 trapezoids when you asked for 15?
(b) Try to evaluate the total area of these trapezoids by Authoring and approXimating
TRAP
_
1
x
2
, 0, 1, 15
_
Explain Derives answer. [Hint: Recall that the area of a trapezoid is equal to its width w times
the average of its two parallel sides l
1
and l
2
:
w(l1+l2)
2
]
(c) Perhaps we should just ignore that rst trapezoid thats causing so many problems. To evaluate
only the area of the other 14 trapezoids, you need to Author and approXimate
TRAP
_
1
x
2
, t, 1, 14
_
Name: 177
where t =
[Hint: to verify your answer, Author the above using GTRAP instead of TRAP, then Simplify
and Plot using a dierent color; you should obtain a graph of the same 14 trapezoids.]
(d) What is the combined area of the 14 real trapezoids?
3. Repeat the above exercise with 30 trapezoids. Again you should nd that the rst trapezoid causes
problems.
(a) So to see a graphical display of only the last 29 trapezoids and evaluate their combined areas, you
must Author, Simplify, and Plot
GTRAP
_
1
x
2
, t, 1, 29
_
then Author and approXimate
TRAP
_
1
x
2
, t, 1, 29
_
where t =
(b) What is the combined area of these 29 trapezoids?
4. Repeat using 45 trapezoids.
(a) Ignoring the rst (unbounded) one, you should Author, Simplify, and Plot
GTRAP
_
1
x
2
, t, 1, 44
_
then Author and approXimate
TRAP
_
1
x
2
, t, 1, 44
_
where t =
(b) What is the combined area of these 44 trapezoids?
5. Was it legitimate to ignore the rst trapezoid in each approximation i.e. do the approximations of
_
1
0
1
x
2
dx that we obtained by neglecting the rst (thin and unbounded) trapezoid appear to approach
a limit?
6. We saw that when Derive Simplies a denite integral, it uses the fundamental theorem of calculus
(whether its appropriate or not). When approXimating a denite integral, Derive uses a modied
Simpsons rule.What happens when you approXimate the expression
_
1
1
1
x
2
dx?
7. Delete All Graphs, reset the x and y scales both to 1, Move the cross to (0, 0) and Center; then Author
and Plot y =
1
x
Copy the graph below, then shade the (unbounded) region whose area is given by
the denite integral
_
1
0
1
x
dx.
?
6
-
2 4 2 4
2
4
2
4
Name: 179
(a) Set your x scale to 0.25 and your y scale to 1; then Move the cross to (.5, 1.5) and Center. Author,
Simplify, and Plot
GTRAP
_
1
x
, 0, 1, 15
_
then use the TRAP command to evaluate the combined area of the last 14 of these trapezoids:
(b) Find the combined area of the 29 trapezoids used to approximate
_
1
0
1
x
dx obtained by dividing
the interval [0, 1] into thirty equal subintervals and ignoring the rst trapezoid.
(c) Find the combined area of the 99 trapezoids used to approximate
_
1
0
1
x
the interval [0, 1] into 100 equal subintervals and ignoring the rst trapezoid.
(d) Find the combined area of the 999 trapezoids used to approximate
_
1
0
1
x
the interval [0, 1] into 1000 equal subintervals and ignoring the rst trapezoid.
(e) Find the combined area of the 9,999 trapezoids used to approximate
_
1
0
1
x
the interval [0, 1] into 10,000 equal subintervals and ignoring the rst trapezoid.
(f) Was it legitimate to ignore the rst trapezoid in each approximation i.e. do the approximations
of
_
1
0
1
x
dx that we obtained by neglecting the rst (thin and unbounded) trapezoid appear to
approach a limit?
(g) Finally, approXimate the integral
_
1
0
1
x
dx. Is Derives approximation consistent with your pre-
vious approximations?

8. (a) Evaluate
_
1
0.01
1
x
dx by using the fundamental theorem of calculus; give both an exact answer
and an approXimated answer (compare to 7c).
(b) Evaluate
_
1
0.001
1
x
dx by using the fundamental theorem of calculus; again give both an exact and
an approXimated answer (compare to 7d).
(c) Evaluate
_
1
t
1
x
dx for general t by using the fundamental theorem of calculus.
Name: 181
(d) Evaluate
_
1
0
1
x
dx exactly by taking the limit of
_
1
t
1
x
dx as t 0+.
(e) Does this agree with our earlier analysis of the integral
_
1
0
1
x
dx in terms of trapezoidal rule
approximations? Explain.

9. (a) Author and Plot
F(x) :=
1
1 +x
3
Copy the graph below and shade the (unbounded) region whose area is given by the improper
integral
_
1
1
1+x
3
dx.
-
6
2 4
2
4
(b) Use Calculus Integrate (with no limits of integration) to try to nd an antiderivative for F(x). Is
Derive able to nd one?
(c) Without an antiderivate for F(x), we cannot use the fundamental theorem of calculus to calculate
_
c
1
1
1+x
3
dx, so we again must resort to approximation techniques. ApproXimate
_
100
1
1
1+x
3
dx
(Derive uses a modied Simpsons rule to approXimate denite integrals, as opposed to trying to
use the Fundamental Theorem which is what it does when you Simplify a denite integral).
(d) ApproXimate
_
1000
1
1
1+x
3
dx.
(e) ApproXimate
_
5000
1
1
1+x
3
dx.
(f) What do you think, does the improper integral
_
1
1
1+x
3
dx converge or diverge? Explain.
(g) Use Calculus Integrate with lower limit 1 and upper limit INF to obtain the expression
_
1
1
1+x
3
dx.
Then approXimate. Write down what you get, and explain why you think this is or is not a good
approximation to the improper integral.
10. (a) Author and Plot
F(x) :=
1
lnx
Copy the graph below and shade the (unbounded) region whose area is given by the improper
integral
_
2
1
ln x
dx.
Name: 183
6
?
-
2 4 6 8
2
4
4
2
(b) ApproXimate
_
100
2
1
ln x
dx.
(c) ApproXimate
_
1000
2
1
ln x
dx.
(d) ApproXimate
_
5000
2
1
ln x
dx.
(e) What do you think, does the improper integral
_
2
1
ln x
dx converge or diverge? Explain.
(f) Use Calculus Integrate with lower limit 2 and upper limit INF to obtain the expression
_
2
1
ln x
dx.
Then approXimate.
(g) Choose Options Precision and increase the number of digits to 12; then approXimate
_
2
1
ln x
dx
again.
Laboratory # 16
Sequences
Teaches:
Graphs and limits of sequences
Recursively dened sequences
Repeating decimals as sequences
Denition 16.1 A sequence is a function whose domain is the set of positive integers. Instead of using
the usual functional notation a(n), it is customary to write a
n
for the value of the function a at n, and to
refer to a
n
as the nth term of the sequence.
1. Just like any other function, you can graph sequences and evaluate the limit as n . For example,
for the sequence a
n
= (1)
n
+
n
2
we have
a(1) = a
1
= (1)
1
+
1
2
= 1 +
1
2
=
1
2
a(2) = a
2
= (1)
2
+
2
2
= 1 + 1 = 2
185
186 LABORATORY # 16. SEQUENCES
a(3) = a
3
= (1)
3
+
3
2
= 1 +
3
2
=
1
2
a(4) = a
4
= (1)
4
+
4
2
= 1 + 2 = 3
so we graph the points
_
1,
1
2
_
, (2, 2),
_
3,
1
2
_
, and (4, 3).
2. Choose Plot Under <Enter>. Author and Plot each of the following 4 expressions
[1,
1
2
]
[2, 2]
[3,
1
2
]
[4, 3]
to Plot the rst four terms of the sequence a
n
= (1)
n
+
n
2
.
4. Delete All graphs, then choose Options State, tab over to Size and choose Small <Return>. Also,
change your x scale to 25 and the y scale to 1, Move your cross to (100, 1), and Center.
5. Author and approXimate
VECTOR
__
n,
2n
n + 1
_
, n, 1, 200
_
to generate all the points
_
n,
2n
n+1
_
for n = 1, 2, . . . , 200; then Plot to obtain a graph of the rst 200
terms of the sequence a
n
=
2n
n+1
. Answer Worksheet Questions #2 and #3.
6. Sequences are sometimes dened recursively. This means that each term is dened in terms of previous
terms. For example, given a
1
= 4 and a
n+1
=
1
2
a
n
+ 1, then
a
2
=
1
2
a
1
+ 1 =
1
2
4 + 1 = 3
187
a
3
=
1
2
a
2
+ 1 =
1
2
3 + 1 =
5
2
a
4
=
1
2
a
3
+ 1 =
1
2

5
2
+ 1 =
9
4
and so on. You can use Derives ITERATES command to evaluate recursively dened functions: to
evaluate the rst 200 terms of the above sequence, Author and approXimate
ITERATES(0.5x + 1, x, 4, 200)
the rst 4 terms should match the above calculations of a
1
, a
2
, a
3
, and a
4
. To graph this sequence,
Author
a := #expression number of the approximated ITERATES expression
(e.g. a := #24); (note: this expression is too long to be able to use F3 to bring it down to the Author
line); then Author, approXimate, and Plot
VECTOR([n, ELEMENT(a, n)] , n, 1, 200)
Answer Worksheet Questions #4#7.
7. Finally we consider a sequence obtained from an innite decimal expansion by truncating. For example
the decimal 0.23232323 . . . can be viewed as the limit of the following sequence:
a
1
= 0.23 =
23
100
a
2
= 0.2323 = 0.23 + 0.0023 =
23
100
+
23
10, 000
a
3
= 0.232323 = 0.23 + 0.0023 + 0.000023 =
23
100
+
23
10, 000
+
23
1, 000, 000
188 LABORATORY # 16. SEQUENCES
and in general
a
n
=
23
10
2
+
23
10
4
+
23
10
6
+ . . . +
23
10
2n
=
n
k=1
23
10
2k
8. Author
SUM
_
23
10
2k
, k, 1, n
_
(16.1)
then Simplify. Answer Worksheet Questions #8 and #9.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Sequences
NAME: DATE:
1. Below is the graph of the rst 4 terms of the sequence a
n
= (1)
n
+
n
2
; evaluate the next four terms
and graph them:
1
1
2 3 4
2
3
1
q
q
q
q
?
4
5
5 6 7 8
6
-

2. At what height does the graph of the sequence a
n
=
2n
n+1
level o (i.e. what is lim
n
2n
n+1
)?
189
190 Worksheet # 16. SEQUENCES
3. Examine the graph of each of the following sequences; then determine the limit of the sequence by
noting at what height the graph levels o. [Hint: to obtain each graph, Author, approXimate, and
Plot VECTOR([n, a
n
], n, 1, 200) where a
n
is the given expression; you may need to increase the y scale
in order to see the entire graph in your viewing window]
(a) a
n
= nsin(1/n)
(b) a
n
= cos(1/n)
(c) a
n
=
_
1 +
1
n
_
n
(d) a
n
=
n + 1
n

4. At what height does the graph of the sequence dened by
a
1
= 4
a
n+1
=
1
2
a
n
+ 1
level o, i.e. what is lim
n
a
n
?
Name: 191
5. For each of the following recursively dened sequences, calculate a
2
and a
3
; your answers should be
accurate to 4 decimal places. Then examine the graph of the sequence to determine the limit of the
sequence by noting at what height the graph levels o.
(a) a
1
=
6, a
n+1
=
6 + a
n
[Hint: You need to
i. Author and approXimate ITERATES(
6 + x, x,
6, 200);
ii. then Author a := #expression number of approximation;
iii. then Simplify VECTOR([n, ELEMENT(a, n)] , n, 1, 200)]
(b) a
1
= 0.1, a
n+1
= 2.9a
n
1.9a
2
n
[Hint: rst Author and approXimate ITERATES
_
2.9x 1.9x
2
, x, .1, 200
_
, then proceed as in (ii)
and (iii) above]
6. Examine the graphs of each of the following recursively dened sequences to determine the limit.
(a) a
1
= 1, a
n+1
=
1
2
_
a
n
+
4
an
_
_
1
2
_
x +
4
x
_
, x, 1, 200
_
, then proceed as in (ii)
and (iii) in the hint to Question #5a]
(b) a
1
= 1, a
n+1
=
1
2
_
a
n
+
9
an
_
[Hint: same as above except change the
4
x
to
9
x
]
(c) a
1
= 1, a
n+1
=
1
2
_
a
n
+
16
an
_
(d) Based on your observations, conjecture what the limit of the sequence dened by a
1
= 1, a
n+1
=
1
2
_
a
n
+
a
an
_
is for any number a > 0.
(e) Use your conjecture to estimate
2 using only the +, and keys on your calculator (i.e. dont

use the

x key); stop when successive approximations agree in the rst 3 decimal places.
7. The following sequences exhibit a dierent behavior than the ones that you have looked at so far. In
each case, look at the graph, then describe the behavior of the sequence. [Hint: for (a)(e), see hint to
Question #3]
Name: 193
(a) a
n
= nln(n)
(b) a
n
= (1)
n
(c) a
n
= sin(n)
(d) a
n
=
sin(n)
n
(e) a
n
=
cos(n)
n
(f) a
1
= 0.1, a
n+1
= 3.1a
n
2.1a
2
n
_
3.1x 2.1x
2
, x, 0.1, 200
_
; then proceed as in
(ii) and (iii) of hint to Question #5a]
(g) a
1
= 0.1, a
n+1
= 3.5a
n
2.5a
2
n

8. (a) What does the sequence a
n
=
n
k=1
23
10
2k
simplify to?
(b) Use the simplied expression for a
n
obtained above to evaluate lim
n
a
n
as a fraction:
9. Consider the repeating decimal 0.5454 . . .
(a) Write the rst three terms, a
1
, a
2
, and a
3
, both as decimals and as a sum of fractions, and then
the general term a
n
, of the sequence of sums that converges to 0.54545454 . . ..
(b) Use Derive to simplify the general term of this sequence.
(c) Use the simplied expression for a
n
obtained above to evaluate lim
n
a
n
as a fraction:
Laboratory # 17
P-series
Teaches:
convergence and divergence of p-series the integral test
1. Consider the following sequence a
n
: a
1
=
1
1
; a
2
=
1
1
+
1
2
, a
3
=
1
1
+
1
2
+
1
3
, and in general,
a
n
= 1 +
1
2
+
1
3
+. . . +
1
n
=
n
k=1
1
k
3. To have Derive help you evaluate a
n
for larger values of n, Author the following:
A(n) := SUM(1/
k, k, 1, n)
4. Verify your answer to Question #1 by Authoring and then approXimating A(1), A(2), A(3), and A(4).
6. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window; choose Options State, tab over to Size and
choose Small <Enter>. Also, change your x scale to 10 and your y scale to 5, Move your cross to
(20, 10) and Center.
195
196 LABORATORY # 17. P-SERIES
7. To graph the rst 50 terms of the sequence a
n
, Author, approXimate, and Plot
VECTOR([n, A(n)], n, 1, 50)
Answer Worksheet Question #3.
8. You will have noticed that each calculation takes longer than the previous one.(Remember that a
5000
is the sum of 5000 numbers!) We need a quicker way of calculating a
n
for large n, or at least to get an
idea of how big a
n
is.
10. Let us now consider the sequence b
n
dened as follows: b
1
=
1
1
2
; b
2
=
1
1
2
+
1
2
2
; b
3
=
1
1
2
+
1
2
2
+
1
3
2
;
and in general,
b
n
=
1
1
2
+
1
2
2
+
1
3
2
+ . . . +
1
n
2
=
n
k=1
1
k
2
12. To have Derive help you evaluate b
n
B(n) := SUM(1/k
2
, k, 1, n)
13. Verify your answer to Question #5 by Authoring and then approXimating B(1), B(2), B(3), and B(4).
15. Again, because it takes so long to evaluate b
n
for large values of n, we need to nd another way of
determining how large b
n
gets. Answer Worksheet Question #7.
16. Finally, lets consider the sequence c
n
dened as follows: c
1
=
1
1
; c
2
=
1
1
+
1
2
; c
3
=
1
1
+
1
2
+
1
3
; and in
general,
c
n
=
1
1
+
1
2
+
1
3
+ . . . +
1
n
=
n
k=1
1
k
The sequence c
n
is called the harmonic series. Answer Worksheet Question #8.
197
17. To have Derive help you evaluate c
n
C(n) := SUM(1/k, k, 1, n)
18. Verify your answer to Question #8 by Authoring and then approXimating C(1), C(2), C(3), and C(4).
20. Again, we need a quicker way of determining how large c
n
gets. Answer Worksheet Questions #10 and
#11.
&
$
%
&
$
%
P-Series
NAME: DATE:
1. Let a
n
= 1 +
1
2
+
1
3
+ . . . +
1
n
=
n
k=1
1
k
.
(a) Evaluate a
1
, a
2
, a
3
, and a
4
. Express your answers as decimals. (You may use either Derive or a
calculator).
(b) What kind of a sequence is a
n
? (i.e. is it increasing, decreasing, nonincreasing, nondecreasing, or
none of these?)

2. (a) Use Derive to calculate a
100
, a
1000
, and a
5000
.
a
100
=
a
1000
=
a
5000
=
199
200 Worksheet # 17. P-SERIES
(b) Based on your calculations, do you think a
n
converges or diverges?

3. Does the graph of A(n) seem to indicate that a
n
converges? i.e. does the graph seem to level o in
height or does it seem to be heading toward innity?

4. Consider the function F(x) =
1
x
.
(a) Below is a graph of y = F(x); express the shaded area in terms of the function A(n) by rst
expressing it as the sum of the areas of rectangles. [Hint: the width of each rectangle is 1; the
height is given by F(an endpoint of subinterval)]. Then write down an inequality by comparing
the shaded area to the area under the curve y =
1
x
on an appropriate interval. Write down
the integral involved, then perform the integration (you may use Derives Calculus Integrate
command if you wish) and express your answer exactly (i.e. in terms of square roots, not as a
decimal approximation).
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
2
F(x) =
1
x
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
Name: 201
Shaded region = + + + +
= A( ) >
_
=
(b) Repeat the above for the picture below:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1
2
F(x) =
1
x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
. . . .
. . . . .
Shaded region = + + + . . . + +
= A( ) >
_
=
(c) Based on your calculations above, ll in the blank:
a
n
= A(n) >
(d) Use the above inequality to nd an integer n so that a
n
> 1000:
(e) Find an integer n such that a
n
> 50, 000:
(f) lim
n
a
n
lim
n
=
(g) Is a
n
bounded? Does it converge? Explain.

5. Let b
n
=
1
1
2
+
1
2
2
+
1
3
2
+. . . +
1
n
2
=
n
k=1
1
k
2
(a) Evaluate b
1
, b
2
, b
3
, and b
4
calculator).
(b) What kind of a sequence is b
n
none of these?)

6. (a) Use Derive to calculate b
100
, b
1000
, and b
5000
.
b
100
=
b
1000
=
b
5000
=
Name: 203
(b) Based on your calculations, do you think b
n

1
x
2
.
(a) Below is a graph of y = F(x); express the shaded area in terms of the function B(n) by rst
expressing it as the sum of the areas of rectangles. Then write down an inequality by comparing
1
x
2
on an appropriate interval. Write down the
integral involved, then perform the integration and express your answer exactly (i.e. as a fraction,
not as a decimal approximation).
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
F(x) =
1
x
2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
= B( ) <
_
=
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
F(x) =
1
x
2
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaded region = + + + . . . + +
= B( ) <
_
=
b
n
= B(n) < < (a number)
(d) Is b
n

8. Let c
n
=
1
1
+
1
2
+
1
3
+. . . +
1
n
=
n
k=1
1
k
.
(a) Evaluate c
1
, c
2
, c
3
, and c
4
Name: 205
calculator).
(b) What kind of a sequence is c
n
none of these?)

9. (a) Use Derive to calculate c
100
, c
1000
, and c
5000
.
c
100
=
c
1000
=
c
5000
=
(b) Based on your calculations, do you think c
n

1
x
.
(a) Below is a graph of y = F(x); express the shaded area in terms of the function C(n) by rst
expressing it as the sum of the areas of rectangles. Then write down an inequality by comparing
1
x
on an appropriate interval. Write down the
integral involved, then perform the integration and express your answer exactly (i.e. in terms of
logarithms, not as a decimal approximation).
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
F(x) =
1
x
.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
= C( ) >
_
=
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1
F(x) =
1
x
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
Shaded region = + + +. . . + +
= C( ) >
_
=
Name: 207
c
n
= C(n) >
(d) Use the above inequality to nd an integer n so that c
n
> 20.
(e) Is c
n
11. In this lab we looked at various sequences of the form: a
n
=
n
k=1
1
k
p
For which values of p did we obtain a convergent sequence? For which values of p did we obtain a
divergent sequence?
Laboratory # 18
Taylor Polynomials
Teaches:
evaluating Taylor polynomials
using Taylor polynomials to approximate functions
dierentiation and integration of Taylor polynomials
1. We have seen that the line tangent to the graph of a function y = F(x) can be thought of as the best
linear approximation of the function at and near the point of tangency. In this lab you will learn how
to nd better approximations. Answer Worksheet Question #1.
2. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window; then split the graphics window horizontally
by choosing Window Split Horizontal <Enter>; then go to the Algebra window and split it horizontally;
nally Window Designate window #1 as a 2D-Plot window. You should have 4 windows, 3 of which
are graphics windows.
3. Author
F(x) := ln(x + 1)
208
209
and Plot in window #1, and also in window #3. Also Plot the tangent line whose equation you just
found in both windows.
4. As we calculate successive approximations to the graph of y = ln(x + 1), we will use window #1 to
plot them, window #3 to zoom in on the graphs, and window #4 to do some error analysis.
5. Lets call G(x) a good approximation to F(x) if F and G dier by less that 0.0005. Author
0.0005
then go to window #4, set the y scale to 0.0005, and Plot. This gives us a horizontal line at our
tolerance level of y = 0.0005. Now Author
G(x) := ax +b
replacing a and b by the values that you found in Worksheet Question #1.
6. The dierence between F and G is our error. So Author
[F(x) G(x)[
and Plot in window #4. The interval for which the graph of the error lies beneath the line y = 0.0005
is very small; use Shift- F7 to blow it up (Shift- F8 shrinks it back down); once you have blown up
the interval as large as you can (while still keeping the endpoints where the two graphs intersect in
the viewing window), change the x scale in window #3 to the same value as the x scale in window
#4, and the y scale to twice this value. Note: we will always keep the x scales in windows #3 and #4
the same; in this way both windows will show the same interval (u, v) where [F(x) G(x)[ < 0.0005;
window #3 illustrates the closeness of the two graphs on that interval:
210 LABORATORY # 18. TAYLOR POLYNOMIALS
8. Note that the tangent line of the graph of F(x) = ln(x + 1) is the unique linear function G(x) such
that F(0) = G(0) and F
(0) = G
(0) (i.e. the graphs of F and G intersect at x = 0 and have the same
slope at x = 0).
9. We will now try to nd the best quadratic approximation to F(x) = ln(x + 1) near (0, 0) by nding
the unique function G(x) = a + bx + cx
2
for which F(0) = G(0), F
(0) = G
(0) and F
(0) = G
(0).
You already found a and b in Worksheet Question #1. To nd c, Author the following , replacing a
and b by the values that you found in Worksheet Question #1 (make sure you use := for the rst one,
but only = for the second one):
G(x) := a + bx +cx
2
F(x) = G(x)
use Calculus Dierentiate to nd the second derivative of the last expression (i.e. enter 2 for the order).
211
Simplify; what you obtain is an equation that sets F
(x) equal to G
(x). Since we want to nd c so

that F
(0) = G
(0), use Manage Substitute to plug in 0 for x, then soLve for c. Answer Worksheet
Question #3.
10. Now we want to nd the best cubic approximation to F(x) = ln(1 + x) near (0, 0) by nding the
unique function G(x) = a +bx +cx
2
+dx
3
for which F(0) = G(0), F
(0) = G
(0), F
(0) = G
(0), and
F
(0) = G
(0). Youve already found a, b, and c in Worksheet Question #3. To nd d, Author

G(x) := a + bx +cx
2
+dx
3
where you have replaced a, b, and c by their known values; then highlight the expression F(x) = G(x)
and use Calculus Dierentiate to nd the third derivative of this expression. Simplify; what you obtain
is an equation that sets F
equal to G
. Since we want to nd d so that F
(0) = G
(0), use Manage

Substitute to plug in 0 for x, then soLve for d.
12. The polynomials that you have been calculating are called Taylor polynomials (at the point x = 0).
Derive has an easy way of calculating these polynomials. Author and Simplify
TAYLOR(ln(x + 1), x, 0, 10)
The polynomial that you obtain should be the same as the one that you wrote down in Worksheet
Question #6b.
13. Answer Worksheet Question #7#10.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Taylor Polynomials
NAME: DATE:
1. Find the equation of the line G(x) = a +bx tangent to the graph of y = ln(x + 1) at(0, 0).
a = b=
equation of line: G(x) =

2. Use the cross in window #4 to determine the interval (u, v) on which the tangent line G(x) at x = 0
that you found above is a good approximation to F(x) = ln(x + 1). [Hint: remember that good
means that [F(x) G(x)[ < 0.0005 which happens when the graph in window #4 lies beneath the
line y = 0.0005; so what you want are the x coordinates of the points of intersection of the graph in
window #4 with the line y = 0.0005] Round your answers to two decimal places.

213
214 Worksheet # 18. TAYLOR POLYNOMIALS
3. (a) What is is the equation of G(x) = a + bx + cx
2
, the best quadratic approximation of F(x) near
(0, 0)?
c =
equation of parabola: G(x) =
(b) Author G(x) := a + bx + cx
2
, where you have replaced a, b, and c by their known values (or
use Manage Substitute on a previous expression to replace c); then Plot in window #1 and in
window #3. Again we want to nd the interval on which G is a good approximation to F, so
Plot [F(x) G(x)[ in window #4. Use Shift- F8 to shrink down the interval in your viewing
window until you can see where the graph of the error intersects the line y = 0.0005; also change
the x scale in window #3 so that its the same as the x scale in window #4, and set the y scale
in window #3 to be twice the x scale. Use the cross in window #4 to nd the interval (u, v) for
which the parabola G(x) is a good approximation to F(x). Again, round to two decimal places.
(c) Is the interval that you found bigger or smaller than the one that you found in Question #2?

Name: 215
4. (a) What is the equation of G(x) = a+bx+cx
2
+dx
3
, the best cubic approximation of F(x) = ln(1+x)
near (0, 0)?
d =
equation of cubic: G(x) =
(b) Author G(x) := a + bx + cx
2
+ dx
3
, where you have replaced a, b, c, and d by their now known
values (or use Manage Substitute on a previous expression to replace d) then Plot in window
#1 and in window #3. To nd the interval on which G is a good approximation to F, Plot
[F(x) G(x)[ in window #4. Use Shift- F8 to shrink down the interval in your viewing window
until you can see where the graph of the error intersects the line y = 0.0005; then change the x
and y scales in window #3 accordingly. Use the cross in window #4 to nd the interval (u, v) for
which the cubic G(x) is a good approximation to F(x). Again, round to two decimal places.
(c) Is the interval that you found bigger or smaller than the one that you found in Question #3b?
5. (a) Proceed as before to nd the best fourth degree polynomial than approximates F(x) near (0, 0).
This time, you will need to Author G(x) := a + bx + cx
2
+ dx
3
+ ex
4
, replacing a, b, c, and d
with their known values, then take the fourth derivative of the equation F(x) = G(x), Simplify,
Manage Substitute 0 for x, and soLve for e.
e =
equation of 4th degree polynomial: G(x) =
(b) Author G(x) := a+bx+cx
2
+dx
3
+ex
4
, where you have replaced a, b, c, d, and e by their known
values (or use Manage Substitute on a previous expression to replace e) then Plot in window #1
and in window #3. Plot [F(x) G(x)[ in window #4. Use the cross to nd the interval (u, v)
for which the 4th degree polynomial G(x) is a good approximation to F(x). Again, round to two
decimal places.
(c) Is the interval that you found bigger or smaller than the one that you found in Question #4b?
6. Hopefully, you are now able to discern a pattern in these polynomials.
(a) So what is the best fth degree polynomial that approximate F(x) near (0, 0)?
(b) What is the best tenth degree polynomial that approximate F(x) near (0, 0)?

7. (a) Fill in the following table. [Hint: you have already found the polynomials G(x) and the cor-
responding intervals for n = 1 through n = 4; for the fth degree Taylor polynomial, you can
Author and Simplify G(x) := TAYLOR(ln(x + 1), x, 0, 5) then Plot [F(x) G(x)[ in window #4
and proceed as before.]
Name: 217
degree n nth degree Taylor polynomial G(x) interval where F(x) G(x)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
(b) What degree Taylor polynomial G(x) should you use to approximate F(.3) = ln(1.3) if you want
the error to be less that 0.0005? Choose the shortest polynomial that will work and evaluate
G(.3) to approximate ln(1.3). Compare the approximation to Derives approximation of ln(1.3).
8. (a) Delete All graphs from all three graphics windows; also set the x and y scales in window #1 to 2;
use Derive to nd the third, fth, and seventh degree Taylor polynomials for f(x) = sinx. Plot
both f(x) and the polynomials, then copy the graphs onto the axes below. Make sure you label
all your graphs.
P
3
(x) =
P
5
(x) =
P
7
(x) =
-
?
6
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
1
2
2
1
(b) Find the interval on which the third degree Taylor polynomial approximates sinx with an error
< 0.0005. [Hint: Author and Plot [ sinx TAYLOR(sinx, x, 0, 3)[ in window #4; you want the
interval on which the graph of this error lies below the line y = 0.0005 (which you should rePlot)]
(c) Find the shortest Taylor polynomial that can be used to approximate sin(2) so that the error
is < 0.0005.Then use it to to approximate sin(2) and compare the approximation to Derives
approximation to sin(2). [ Hint: set the x scale in window #4 to 2, then Plot the error [ sinx
TAYLOR(sinx, x, 0, n)[ for n = 1, 2, 3, . . . until the interval on which the graph lies below the line
y = 0.0005 includes 2.]
9. (a) Find the derivatives of the polynomials that you found in Question #8a above.
P
3
(x) =
P
5
(x) =
Name: 219
P
7
(x) =
(b) Use Derive to nd the second, fourth, and sixth degree Taylor polynomials for f(x) = cos x.
P
2
(x) =
P
4
(x) =
P
6
(x) =
(c) What do you notice?
10. (a) Use Derive to nd the third, fth, and seventh degree Taylor polynomials for f(x) =
1
1+x
2
.
P
3
(x) =
P
5
(x) =
P
7
(x) =
(b) Find antiderivatives of the polynomials that you found above.
_
P
3
(x) dx =
_
P
5
(x) dx =
_
P
7
(x) dx =
(c) Use Derive to nd the fourth, sixth, and eighth degree Taylor polynomials for f(x) = tan
1
x
(recall that tan
1
x is entered as ATAN(x) in Derive)
P
4
(x) =
P
6
(x) =
P
8
(x) =
(d) What do you notice?
Laboratory # 19
Parametric Equations
Teaches:
Parametrizations of plane curves
Curvilinear motion
1. Suppose a y is moving on the plane so that its position at time t (measured in seconds) is given by
the coordinates (2t, t
2
2t). For example, at time t = 0, the y is at the origin, and at time t = 2, its
coordinates are (2 2, 2
2
2 2) = (4, 0). By computing its position at dierent times, we can sketch a
rough graph of the motion of the y:
2 4 6 8 10
2
4
6
8
r r
r
r
r
t=0
t=1
t=2
t=3
t=4 6
-
221
222 LABORATORY # 19. PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS
3. You will have noticed that the path of both ies in Worksheet Question #1 are the same, but their
rates of travel are dierent. Indeed, it took the second y half as long (2 seconds vs 4 seconds for the
rst y) to cover the same ground as the rst y.
Denition 19.1 In general, if a moving particle (or y) is moving on the plane so that its coordinates
at time t are given by (f(t), g(t)) for some continuous functions f and g dened on an interval I, we
call the set C of points (f(t), g(t)) a plane curve. The equations x = f(t) and y = g(t) are called
parametric equations for C. The variable t is called the parameter.
4. Derive can graph plane curves. For example, to graph the motion of the rst y in Worksheet Question
#1, Author
[t, t
2
]
then Plot. Enter 0 and 4 for the min and max values. Also set your x scale to 2 and your y scale to 8
so that you are able to see the entire graph. Then Author
[2t, 4t
2
]
and Plot. Enter 0 and 2 for the min and max values. Both these graphs should coincide with the
sketches that you made in Worksheet Question #1.
5. Suppose that a ball is thrown from the origin at an angle
0
with an initial velocity v
0
. It can be shown
that if the only force acting on the ball is gravity, then the coordinates of the ball at any time t are
given by
x = (v
0
cos
0
)t y =
1
2
gt
2
+ (v
0
sin
0
)t (19.1)
where g is the acceleration due to gravity, approximately 9.8 meters/second
2
.
223
-
6
s
(x, y)
7
6
v
0
sin
0
v
0
cos
0
v
0
w
0
&
$
%
&
$
%
Parametric Equations
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) Suppose the y is moving so that its position at time t is given by the coordinates (t, t
2
), 0 t 4.
Fill in the table below by computing the position of the y at the given times, then make a rough
graph depicting the motion of the y.
time t x coordinate t y coordinate t
2
time t x coordinate t y coordinate t
2
0 2
0.5 2.5
1 3
1.5 4
4
8
12
16
1 2 3 4
225
226 Worksheet # 19. PARAMETRIC EQUATIONS
(b) Suppose a second y is moving so that at time t its position is given by (2t, 4t
2
), 0 t 2. Again,
ll in the table below by computing the position of the y at the given times, then make a rough
graph depicting the motion of the y.
time t x coordinate= 2t y coordinate= 4t
2
time t x coordinate = 2t y coordinate= 4t
2
0 1
0.25 1.25
0.5 1.5
0.75 2
4
8
12
16
1 2 3 4
(c) Compare the motion of the two ies. What is the same? What is dierent?
(d) Estimate the rst ys velocity at t = 1 by computing its approximate average velocity over the
time interval [1, 1.01], [Hint: average velocity =
distance travelled
elapsed time
=
distance travelled
0.01
. The
distance travelled is approximately equal to the distance between the ys position at t = 1:
(1, 1
2
) and the ys position at t = 1.01: (1.01, 1.01
2
). So use the distance formula: Distance from
Name: 227
(x
1
, y
1
) to (x
2
, y
2
) is
_
(x
2
x
1
)
2
+ (y
2
y
1
)
2
.]
(e) The second y reaches the point (1, 1) at time t = 1/2. Estimate the second ys velocity at t = 1/2
by computing its approximate average velocity over the interval [1/2, 1/2 + .01] = [0.5, 0.51].
(f) How do the two ies velocities at the times they pass through the point (1, 1) compare?

2. Suppose you throw a ball at an angle of
0
= 60 deg with an initial velocity of v
0
= 20 meters/second.
(a) Use (19.1) to write down the parametric equations for the position (x
1
, y
1
) of the ball at any time
t.
(b) At what time will the ball hit the ground? Use the parametric equations that you found in (a)
(which give the position (x
1
, y
1
) of the ball at any time t) to nd an exact answer, then also give
a decimal approximation.
(c) Use Derive to obtain a plot of the motion of the ball.
[Hint: Author and Plot [x
1
, y
1
] where x
1
and y
1
are the parametric equations that you found in
(a). Use your answer to (b) to determine the min and max values of t that you need to enter.
Change your scales so that the entire path of the ball from when its thrown to when it hits the
ground is visible in your viewing window.]
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
5
10
15
(d) How far away from you will the ball hit the ground? Use the parametric equations and your
answer to (b) to obtain your answer. Check that your answer is consistent with your plot.
(e) What is the maximum height reached by the ball? Use the parametric equations and calculus
(what are you trying to maximize, so what derivative should you set to 0?) to obtain your answer.
Show your calculations; approximate your answer as a decimal.Again, make sure that your answer
Name: 229
is consistent with your plot.
3. Suppose that the bottom of a ferris wheel of radius 7 meters is located 25 meters away from where
you are standing ready to throw your ball as in the previous question. The bottom of the ferris wheel
is moving toward you. Your friend is riding on the ferris wheel, and at time t = 0 (which is when you
throw the ball) she is half way up of the ferris wheel on your side.
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
5
10
15
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................... ..... .... ... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ... ... ..... .......................................................................................................................................................................
y
ball
?
..................................................................................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.............
.............
.............
friend
starts here
(t = 0)
friend is here
a little later
(at time t)
?
7
b
(x
1
, y
1
)
(x
2
, y
2
)
a
ferris wheel

.................
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.............
.... ....... ... ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(a) Express a and b as functions of .
(b) Express the position (x
2
, y
2
) of your friend as functions of .
(c) If the wheel makes one revolution (i.e. 2 radians) every 12 seconds, then
d
dt
= radians per second, so
= t.
(d) Use your answers above to nd parametric equations for x
2
and y
2
in terms of the parameter t.
4. In the previous two questions, you found parametric equations for both the position (x
1
, y
1
) of the
ball and the position (x
2
, y
2
) of your friend. Recall that the distance between two points (x
1
, y
1
) and
(x
2
, y
2
) is
_
(x
2
x
1
)
2
+ (y
2
y
1
)
2
.
(a) Find an expression for the distance between the ball and your friend as a function of time.
(b) Use Derives calculus commands to nd the minimum distance between the ball and your friend
(what are you trying to minimize, so what derivative should you set to 0?) Recall that when
Derive is unable to nd the zeroes of a function in exact mode (using the soLve command),
Name: 231
you must set Options Precision to Approximate so that Derive will use the bisection method to
approximate the zero.
(c) Your friend will catch the ball if it comes within one third of a meter of her. Does she catch the
ball? Explain.
Laboratory # 20
Polar Coordinates
Teaches:
graphs of polar equations cardioids, lima cons, rose curves, conics
area in polar coordinates approximations using circular sectors
2. Derive is able to plot polar graphs. Author
r = 2 + 2 cos
( is entered as alt-h) then in your graphics window choose Options State Polar Connected Small
<Enter>. Now Plot from = 0 to = 2. Your plot should match the one from Question #2.
4. Given r = f(), , we are often interested in nding the area of the region bounded by the
graphs of f and the rays = and = :
232
233
...............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..........................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
=
=
r = f()
5. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH.
6. Just as for rectangular coordinates we approximated the area under a curve y = f(x) by the areas
of rectangles, we use circular sectors to approximate areas of regions dened by polar equations. A
circular sector with radius r and central angle has area
1
2
r
2
:
........ ....... ..... .... ... ... ... .. .. ... .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. ... .. ... ... ... ... ..... ...... .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
r
7. Author, Simplify, and Plot
PAREA(2 sin, 0, , 20)
from = 0 to = . This will give you a graphical display of the 20 circular sectors we may use to
approximate the area of this circle. The area of each sector of radius r and central angle can then
be evaluated using the formula
1
2
r
2
.
234 LABORATORY # 20. POLAR COORDINATES
8. To evaluate the sum of the areas of the sectors, Author and approXimate
PSUM(2 sin, 0, , 20)
Answer Worksheet Question #7.
9. More generally, suppose you want to approximate the area bounded by the graph of r = f() between
= and = :
...............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..........................................................................................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
=
=
r = f()
Then what you will do (in Worksheet Question #8) is Author, Simplify, and Plot PAREA(f(), , , n)
to obtain a graphical display of the n circular sectors used to approximate the area; then Author and
approXimate PSUM(f(), , , n) to approximate the sum.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Polar Coordinates
NAME: DATE:
1. Recall that the location of a point P can either be specied by its rectangular coordinates (x, y) or its
polar coordinates (r, ). Use the following picture to establish relationships between rectangular (x, y)
and polar (r, ) coordinates:
6
-
r
P
y
x
r
(a) sin = or y =
(b) cos = or x =
(c) tan = or =
(d) x
2
+ y
2
= or r =
235
236 Worksheet # 20. POLAR COORDINATES
2. Consider the polar equation
r = 2 + 2 cos
(a) Find some points on the graph by lling in the following table; use decimal approximations
rounded to two decimal places:
r r
0 5/4
/4 3/2
/2 7/4
3/4 2
(b) Use your table to sketch the graph of r = 2 + 2 cos below:

3 0 3
3
0
3
...... ... .. ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. .. .... .....
.............
............. .............
.............
........ .....
. .. .. . . .. . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .. . . . . .
.. .. ... .. ....
.............
.............
.............
.............
............. .............
.............
.............
.............
.......... ...
... .. .. .. .. ..
. .. . . . .. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . .. . . ..
.. .. ... .. .. ..
.. ...........
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
............. ............. .............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
... .............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
...
r = 2 + 2 cos

3. The family of curves r = a a sin and r = a a cos , where a is any positive real number, are called
cardioids. Use Derive to plot some cardioids using dierent values for a.(e.g. a = 1, 2, 3, . . .). Then
sketch the dierent shapes below:
Name: 237
6
?
-
r = a + a cos
6
?
-
r = a + a sin
6
?
-
r = a a cos
6
?
-
r = a a sin
4. Cardioids are special cases of polar curves known as limacons, whose equations are of the form
r = a b sin or r = a b cos . Use Derive to sketch dierent lima cons; you get dierent shapes
depending on your choice of a and b; sketch the dierent shapes below:
6
?
-
r = a +b sin, 0 < a < b
6
?
-
r = a +b sin, b < a < 2b
6
?
-
ra + b sin, a 2b
6
?
-
r = a b sin, 0 < a < b
6
?
-
r = a b sin, b < a < 2b
6
?
-
ra b sin, a 2b
5. If n is a positive integer, n 2, the graphs of r = a sin(n) or r = a cos(n) are called rose curves.
(a) Use Derive to sketch some rose curves:
Name: 239
6
?
-
r = 2 cos(2)
6
?
-
r = 2 cos(3)
6
?
-
r = 2 cos(4)
6
?
-
r = 2 cos(5)
(b) When n is odd, how is the number of petals related to n?
(c) When n is even, how is the number of petals related to n?
Just for fun, try graphing r = 2 cos(2.1), 0 50.
(d) What kind of graphs do r = a sin and r = a cos produce (a > 0)?
6. Any polar equation of the form
r =
a
1 +b cos
or r =
a
1 +b sin
is a conic section with focus at the origin and axis along a coordinate axis. Experiment by graphing
some of these.
(a) What shape do these graphs have when 1 < b < 1?
(b) What kind of graph do you get when [b[ > 1? [Note: Derive will take a long time to graph if
you give it a domain that results in a denominator thats zero. For example, to graph
2
1+2 cos
,
0 2, note that the denominator is zero when = 2/3, 4/3 (Derives soLve command
can help you nd these values), so plot this in three steps, rst from 0 to 2/3 .1, then from
2/3 +.1 to 4/3 .1, and nally from 4/3 + .1 to 2.]
(c) What kind of graph do you get when b = 1? [Again, to plot
1
1+cos
, for instance, plot rst from
= 0 to = .1, and then from = + .1 to = 2, to avoid points near = which is
where the denominator is 0.]
Name: 241
(d) Whats the dierence between the graphs involving sin and the graphs involving cos ?

7. We want to approximate the area inside one petal of the rose curve r = sin5. To see a graphical
display of the circular sectors used in this approximation, Delete All graphs then Author, Simplify and
Plot
PAREA(sin(5), 0, /5, 10)
from = 0 to = 2; this will give you a graph of the entire rose curve (since you graphed from 0 to
2) as well as the 10 sectors used to approximate the area of the one petal with domain 0 /5.
Author the above with PAREA replaced by PSUM then approXimate in order to nd the sum of the
areas of these sectors.

8. Delete All graphs, then approximate the area of the region in the rst quadrant that is outside the
circle r = 1 and inside the rose curve r = 2 sin(2) as follows:
(a) Plot both curves r = 1 and r = 2 sin(2) and copy the graphs below. Shade the region whose
area we want to approximate.
?
-
6
(b) Draw the two rays = and = that go from the origin to the points of intersection in the
rst quadrant. Find and by solving 1 = 2 sin(2) for .
=
=
(c) Use PAREA (to obtain a graphical display) and PSUM to approximate (to two decimal places)
the area inside the petal and between the two rays. [Hint: keep approximating using more and
more circular sectors until successive approximations agree in the rst three decimal places, so
you can round to the second place.]
(d) Use PAREA (to see a graphical display of the circular sectors make sure you simplify before
you Plot) and PSUM to approximate (to two decimal places) the area inside the circle r = 1 and
between the two rays.
(e) Subtract your answer to (d) from your answer to (c) to obtain an approximation of the desired
area.
(f) In general, the area bounded by the graphs of r = f(), r = g(), = , and = , can be found
Name: 243
by evaluating the following integral:
_

1
2
_
[f()]
2
[g()]
2
_
d
With f() = 2 sin(2) and g() = 1, use Calculus Integrate to evaluate the area of this region
exactly. Give both the exact answer (using Simplify) and the decimal approximation obtained
using approXimate.
Laboratory # 21
An Introduction to Vectors
Teaches:
vectors in two dimensions
vector operationsaddition, scalar multiplication, dot product.
1. Transfer Load the Utililty le LABS.MTH. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window,
then choose Options State Rectangular Connected Small <Enter>.
Denition 21.1 A vector is a quantity that has both magnitude and direction. Geometrically, a
vector is represented by a directed line segment i.e. an arrow. The vector below is denoted by

AB.
The point A is called the initial point of

AB and the point B is called the terminal point.

A
B
2. To graph vectors in the xy plane, we need to specify the initial and terminal points. Often, we will
want the initial point to be the origin. In Derive, use V 0(a, b) to obtain a graph of the vector whose
initial point is at the origin (0, 0) and whose terminal point is (a, b).
244
245
3. Author and Plot
V 0(1, 2)
4. This vector is called the position vector < 1, 2 >. The term position vector just means that the
initial point is at the origin.
V 0(1, 2)
V 1(1, 2, 2, 1)
The rst vector is the position vector < 1, 2 >; the second vector is the position vector < 1, 2 >
translated so that its initial point is (2, 1). In general, use V 1(a, b, c, d) to obtain the position vector
< a, b > translated so that its initial point is (c, d). Thus, V 0(a, b) is the same as V 1(a, b, 0, 0).
8. We now need to learn how to add vectors v
1
and v
2
. We do so as follows: move the vector v
2
so that
its initial point coincides with the terminal point of v
1
; the vector v
1
+v
2
is the vector whose initial
point is the origin and whose terminal point is the new terminal point of the translated vector v
2
. The
following picture indicates how we obtain v
1
+v
2
:
6
?
-
*
J
J
J^
J
J
J^
v
1
v
2
v
2
(translated)
v
1
+v
2
246 LABORATORY # 21. AN INTRODUCTION TO VECTORS
10. We would now like to learn how to multiply vectors. There are two important kinds of vectors products;
in this lab we shall focus on the dot product.
Denition 21.2 The dot product of two vectors u =< a, b > and v =< c, d > is denoted by u v
and is dened by
u v ==< a, b > < c, d >= ac + bd
11. Notice that u v is a number, not a vector. For example, < 2, 3 > < 1, 2 >= (2)(1) + (3)(2) =
2 + 6 = 4.
&
$
%
&
$
%
An Introduction to Vectors
NAME: DATE:
1. (a) Use Derive to obtain graphs of the following position vectors; then draw and label the vectors on
the axes below: v
1
=< 3, 1 >, v
2
=< 2, 2 > and v
3
=< 0, 4 >.
-
6
?
(b) Every vector v has a length or magnitude, denoted by [v[, which can be computed using the
Pythagorean theorem, if you think of the vector as the hypotenuse of a certain right triangle.
Calculate the length of each vector in (a).
[v
1
[ =
[v
2
[ =
[v
3
[ =
247
248 Worksheet # 21. AN INTRODUCTION TO VECTORS
(c) Whats a general formula for evaluating the magnitude of the position vector < a, b >?
2. Multiplication of a scalar (i.e. a number) c with a vector v =< a, b > is dened by cv =< ca, cb >.
Delete All graphs, then Author and Plot V 0(1, 2) to obtain the graph of v =< 1, 2 >;
(a) Author and Plot V 0(2, 4) to obtain a plot of 2v =< 2, 4 >. What is the relationship between the
vectors v and 2v?
(b) Author and Plot V 0(.5, 1) to obtain a plot of .5v =< .5, 1 >. What is the relationship between
the vectors v and .5v?
(c) Author and Plot V 0(2, 4) to obtain a plot of 2v =< 2, 4 >. What is the relationship
between the vectors v and 2v?
(d) In general, what appears to be the relationship between any vector v =< a, b > and the vector
cv =< ca, cb >, if c > 0?
(e) In general, what appears to be the relationship between any vector v and the vector cv, if c < 0?

Name: 249
3. For each of the following, use Derive to obtain a graph of the given position vector (using V 0) as well
as the translated vector (using V 1) so that you can locate the terminal point with the cross. Draw
both on the given axes, and label both initial and terminal points.
(a) What will be the terminal point of the vector < 1, 2 > if its translated so that its initial point is
(2, 1)?
-
6
?
(b) What will be the terminal point of the vector < 2, 3 > if its translated so that its initial point
is (2, 1)?
-
6
?
(c) What will be the terminal point of the vector < 1, 1 > if its translated so that its initial
point is (1, 0)?
-
6
?
(d) In general, what is the terminal point of the vector < a, b > if its translated so that its initial
point is (c, d)?

4. Delete All graphs; for each of the following, use Derive to graph the vectors v
1
and v
2
(i.e. use V 0);
then obtain a graph of v
2
translated so that its initial point is at the terminal point of v
1
(i.e. use
V 1). The vector v
1
+ v
2
is the vector whose initial point is (0, 0) and whose terminal point is the
terminal point of the translated vector v
2
. Locate the terminal point with the cross, then use V 0 to
graph v
1
+v
2
. Copy and label all these vectors on the given coordinate axes; make sure you label the
initial and terminal points of all the vectors.
(a) v
1
=< 2, 3 >; v
2
=< 1, 1 >;
Name: 251
-
6
?
v
1
+v
2
=< , >
(b) v
1
=< 1, 1 >; v
2
=< 2, 3 >;
-
6
?
v
1
+v
2
=< , >
(c) v
1
=< 1, 2 >; v
2
=< 2, 1 >;
-
6
?
v
1
+v
2
=< , >
(d) v
1
=< 2, 1 >; v
2
=< 1, 2 >;
-
6
?
v
1
+v
2
=< , >
5. Compare your answers to (a) and (b) above ; then compare your answers to (c) and (d). In view of
your answers above, what property does vector addition have?
6. In view of your answers to Question #4, give a general rule for adding vectors:
< a, b > + < c, d >=< , >

7. Given two vectors u and v, we can talk about the angle between the two vectors, as in the following
picture:
-
u
v
In the following table, you are given the vector u and the angle ; you have to come up with a unit
vector v (assume, as in the picture, that the direction from u to v is counterclockwise; unit vector
Name: 253
means a vector of length 1); for example if u =< 1, 1 > and =

4
, then v could be < 1, 0 > (since
we want v to have length 1):
-
6
?
@
@
@R
-
v
u
4
(a) Fill in the table (to nd v, draw a picture of u and as above). You should use the V 0 function
to graph both u and v to verify your answers.
[Hint: recall that [u[ is the magnitude of u =< a, b >, given by
a
2
+ b
2
; for example, [ < 1, 1 > [ =
_
(1)
2
+ (1)
2
u [u[ v [v[ u v [u[[v[ cos
< 1, 1 >
2 < 1, 0 > 1

4
1
2 1 =
2
2
< 1, 0 > 1

2
< 1,
3 > 1

6
< 1,
3 > 1
2
3
< 1, 1 > 1
3
4
< 0, 1 > 1
(b) Formulate a theorem about dot products based on the relationship among the last three columns
of your table.
Theorem 21.1 For any two vectors u and v, = .
(c) We say two vectors are orthogonal if the angle between them is a right angle, i.e. is 90 deg or

2
radians. Use the above theorem to formulate a theorem about orthogonal vectors.[Hint: What is
cos
_
2
_
?]
Theorem 21.2 The two vectors u and v are orthogonal if and only if u v = .
(d) Use the above theorem to determine if the following pair of vectors is orthogonal; you should use
Derive to graph the vectors to verify your answer.
u =< 1, 2 > v =< 4, 2 >
(e) Use the theorem to nd a number a so that the vectors u =< 3, 2 > and v =< a, 4 > are
orthogonal. Again, you should graph the vectors with Derive to verify your answer.
-
6
?
Laboratory # 22
Cylinders and Quadric Surfaces
Teaches:
how to graph some important surfaces
1. In two dimensions, the graph of x
2
+ y
2
= 4 is a circle centered at the origin with radius 2. However
in 3-space, the set of all points (x, y, z) for which x
2
+y
2
= 4 (z arbitrary) is a cylinder.
2. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window, set the x and y scales both to 5, then split
the graphics window horizontally into two graphics windows by choosing Window Split Horizontal
<Enter>.
4. Next, we need to set up window #3 as follows:
First, Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH.
Next, go to window #3 ( F1 takes you to the next window), and hide the xy axes by choosing
Options Color Plot and changing the axes and cross colors both to 0.
255
256 LABORATORY # 22. CYLINDERS AND QUADRIC SURFACES
Then choose Options Color Auto No.
Finally, Author AXES, then go to window #3 and Plot from 0 to 20 <Ctrl-Enter>.
5. To plot the circle x
2
+y
2
= 4, z = 0, in window #3, we need to use the parametric equations x = 2 cos t,
y = 2 sint, z = 0, 0 t 2. Additionally, in order to plot space curves in a 2D-plot window, we need
to use the function ISOMETRIC. So Author and Simplify
ISOMETRIC[2 cos t, 2 sint, 0]
then go to window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2.
6. Simirlarly, we can plot all the points (x, y, z) for which x
2
+y
2
= 4 and z = 2 by using the parametric
equations x = 2 cos t, y = 2 sint, and z = 2, 0 t 2. So Author and Simplify
7. Both these circles lie on the surface x
2
+y
2
= 4. The union of all the circles with parametric equations
x = 2 cos t, y = 2 sint, z = c (where c is any real number) make up the cylinder x
2
+ y
2
= 4. To
generate several of these circles simultaneously, we can use Derives VECTOR command. For example,
to generate all the circles from c = 4 to c = 4 in increments of .5, Author and Simplify
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[2 cos t, 2 sint, c], c, 4, 4, .5)
then go to window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2 <Ctrl-Enter>.
8. Plotting a lot of space curves that lie on the surface helps us to visualize the surface. You will be using
this technique throughout this lab.
257
10. We use the term cylinder to denote not just a right circular cylinder, but any surface for which there is
a plane such that all cross-sections by planes parallel to that plane are the same. For the right circular
cylinder x
2
+y
2
= 4, all cross-sections obtained by slicing the cylinder with a plane parallel to the xy
plane are circles of radius 2.
11. Any surface whose equation involves only two of the variables x, y, and z will be a cylinder. Consider,
for example, the surface z = cos y (which does not involve x).
12. Delete All graphs from windows #2 and #3, then if necessary, unhide the axes in window #2 (choose
Options Color Axes to change the axes color to 15) and hide the axes in window #3 (choose Options
Color Axes to change the axes color to 0). Then redraw the xyz axes by rePlotting AXES in window
#3 from t = 0 to t = 20 <Ctrl-Enter>.
14. To plot the space curve z = cos y, x = 0, that lies on the surface z = cos y (x arbitrary), Author and
Simplify
ISOMETRIC[0, y, cos y]
then go to window #3 and Plot from y = 10 to y = 10.
15. To plot the space curve z = cos y, x = 2, which also lies on the surface z = cos y (x arbitrary),
Author and Simplify
ISOMETRIC[2, y, cos y]
then go to window #3 and Plot from y = 10 to y = 10.
16. Finally, we can generate the space curves z = cos y, x = c, for several values of c at once by Authoring
and Simplifying
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[c, y, cos y], c, 4, 4, .5)
then Plotting in window #3 from y = 10 to y = 10 <Ctrl-Enter>.
18. Delete All graphs from windows #2 and #3, and reset the axes in both windows as necessary and set
both scales in window #3 to 2.
19. We now shift our attention to quadric surfaces, which are surfaces whose equations are of the form:
Ax
2
+ By
2
+ Cz
2
+ Dx + Ey + Fz + G = 0. In this lab, we concentrate on quadric surfaces with
equations of the form:
x
2
a
2

y
2
b
2

z
2
c
2
= 1
20. Consider the surface dened by the equation
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
+ z
2
= 1
21. The xy trace of the surface is the intersection of the surface with the xy plane. Since on the xy plane,
z = 0, the equation of the xy trace is
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
+ 0
2
= 1 or
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
= 1, which is the equation of an
ellipse. Similarly, the xz trace and the yz trace are obtained by intersecting the surface with the planes
y = 0 and x = 0, respectively, to obtain the ellipses
x
2
4
+z
2
= 1 and
y
2
9
+z
2
= 1.
23. To begin to build the surface in window #3, we need to plot the space curves corresponding to
these cross-sections. Again, whenever we plot space curves in a 2D-plot window, we need to use the
ISOMETRIC command. For example, the space curve corresponding to the xy trace has parametric
equations x = 2 cos t, y = 3 sint, z = 0, so Author and Simplify
259
24. Similarly, the space curve corresponding to the yz trace has parametric equations x = 0, y = 3 cos t,
and z = sint, so Author and Simplify
ISOMETRIC[0, 3 cos t, sint]
then go to window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2. Also, obtain the parametric equations for the
space curve corresponding to the xz trace and Plot in window #3 as before.
25. Finally, we pick a coordinate plane and try to plot the space curves that are the intersection of the given
surface with planes parallel to the chosen coordinate plane. If we pick the xz plane, then planes parallel
to this one are of the form y = c, so that the cross-sections have equations of the form
x
2
4
+
c
2
9
+z
2
= 1
or
x
2
4
+z
2
= 1
c
2
9
.
27. The surface you just graphed is called an ellipsoid. Any surface whose equation is of the form
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2
+
z
2
c
2
= 1 is an ellipsoid and has this basic shape.
28. Again Delete All graphs and reset axes as necessary. Also, set both scales in window #3 to 6.
29. The next surface we will look at is
x
2
4
+
y
2
9

z
2
9
= 1
31. Again, to plot these traces as space curves, we need to come up with parametric equations. For
example, the xz trace is the hyperbola
x
2
4

z
2
9
= 1. Solving for z, we obtain
z = 3
_
x
2
4
1
so parametric equations for the top part of the hyperbola are given by x = t, y = 0, and z = 3
_
t
2
4
1.
So Author and Simplify
ISOMETRIC
_
t, 0, 3
_
t
2
/4 1
_
then go to window #3 and Plot from t = 10 to t = 10. Then to obtain the graph of the bottom part
of this hyperbola, Author and Simplify
ISOMETRIC
_
t, 0, 3
_
t
2
/4 1
_
32. Use this technique to nd parametric equations for the yz trace (which is also a hyperbola) and graph
it in window #3.
33. The xy trace is an ellipse so you should be able to nd parametric equations for it using the techniques
used for graphing the ellipsoid. Again, graph it in window #3.
35. Finally, we pick one of the coordinate planes and try to graph the cross-sections along planes parallel
to the chosen coordinate plane. In this case, its convenient to choose the xy plane, because the cross-
sections along the planes z = c are ellipses (as opposed to cross-sections along planes y = c or x = c
which would be hyperbolas and so harder to graph). The equation of the cross-section along the plane
z = c has equation
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
= 1 +
c
2
9
37. The surface you just graphed is called a hyperboloid of one sheet. Any surface whose equation is of
the form
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2

z
2
c
2
= 1 is a hyperboloid of one sheet and has this basic shape.
38. Delete All graphs and reset the axes in windows #2 and #3 as necessary.
39. Consider now the surface given by the equation
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
z
2
= 1
which is called a hyperboloid of two sheets.
261
41. Use the parametric equations found in Worksheet Question #10 to plot these traces as space curves
by Authoring and Simplifying
ISOMETRIC[x, y, z]
where youve replaced x, y, and z by the parametric equations, then going to window #3 and Plotting
from t = 10 to t = 10.
42. Finally, we pick one of the coordinate planes and try to graph the cross-sections along planes parallel
to the chosen coordinate plane. In this case, its convenient to choose the xz plane, because the cross-
sections along the planes y = c are ellipses (as opposed to cross-sections along planes x = c or z = c
which would be hyperbolas and so harder to graph). The equation of the cross-section along the plane
y = c has equation
x
2
4
+ z
2
=
c
2
9
1
&
$
%
&
$
%
Cylinders and Quadric Surfaces
NAME: DATE:
1. The easiest way to graph the circle x
2
+y
2
= 4 is to use the parametric equations x = 2 cos t, y = 2 sint,
0 t 2. So Author [2 cos t, 2 sint] and Plot in Window #2 from t = 0 to t = 2. Copy the graph
below:

263
264 Worksheet # 22. CYLINDERS AND QUADRIC SURFACES
2. Use the graphs of the space curves that you just plotted to draw a picture of the cylinder with equation
x
2
+ y
2
= 4.
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y

3. Author and Plot (in window #2) z = cos y, then copy the graph below.

Name: 265
4. Use the graphs of the space curves that you just plotted to draw a picture of the cylinder with equation
z = cos y.
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y

5. Recall that parametric equations for the ellipse
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2
= 1 are given by x = a cos t, y = b sint,
0 t 2. So for example, to obtain the graph of the xy trace of the given surface (which has
equation
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
= 1), Author and Plot
[2 cos t, 3 sint]
from t = 0 to t = 2. Obtain graphs of each trace (in window #2), then copy the graphs below:
yz trace xz trace xy trace
z
y
z y
x x
6
?
- -
?
6 6
?
-

6. (a) Show that
x
2
4
+ z
2
= 1
c
2
9
(where c is a xed constant) is an equation of an ellipse by writing
in the standard form
x
2
a
2
+
z
2
b
2
= 1 and identifying a and b (which will depend on c):
a =
b =
(b) The parametric equations for the ellipse
x
2
a
2
+
z
2
b
2
= 1, y = c, are given by x = a cos t, y = c,
and z = b sint. Use this and your answer to (a) to write parametric equations for the ellipse
x
2
4
+ z
2
= 1
c
2
9
, y = c.
x =
y =
z =
(c) To Plot these elliptical space curves, Author
ISOMETRIC[x, y, z]
where you have replaced x, y, and z by the parametric equations found in (b). Then choose
Manage Substitute to replace c by 1, say, then Simplify and Plot in window #3 from t = 0 to
t = 2 to obtain a plot of the cross-section of the surface in the plane y = 1. Finally, to obtain
several of these cross-sectional curves at once, Author and Simplify
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[x, y, z], c, 3, 3, .5)
(again replacing x, y, and z by the parametric equations found in (b)) and Plot in window #3
from t = 0 to t = 2 <Ctrl-Enter>. You should now have a good idea of what the graph of the
surface
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
+z
2
= 1 looks like, so graph it below:
Name: 267
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y

7. Graph the xy, yz, and xz traces of the surface
x
2
4
+
y
2
9

z
2
9
= 1 below (they are all familiar conic
sections):
yz trace xz trace xy trace
z
y
z y
x x
6
?
- -
?
6 6
?
-

8. Write down parametric equations for the space curves corresponding to each of the traces of the surface
x
2
4
+
y
2
9

z
2
9
= 1:
xy trace: x = xz trace: x = t yz trace: x = 0
y = y = 0 y =
z = 0 z = z = t

9. (a) Show that
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
= 1 +
c
2
9
(where c is a xed constant) is an equation of an ellipse by writing
in the standard form
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2
a =
b =
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2
= 1, z = c, are given by x = a cos t, y = b sint, and
z = c. Use this and your answer to (a) to write parametric equations for the ellipse
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
= 1+c
2
,
z = c.
x =
y =
z =
ISOMETRIC[x, y, z]
t = 2. Finally, to obtain several of these cross-sectional curves at once, Author and Simplify
Name: 269
surface
x
2
4
+
y
2
9

z
2
9
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y

10. (a) Graph the xy and yz traces of the surface
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
z
2
= 1 below:
xy trace yz trace
-
?
6
-
?
6
x
y
y
z
(b) Find parametric equations for the space curves corresponding to the yz and xy traces.
yz trace: x = 0 xy trace: x = t
y = y =
z = t z = 0
(c) Explain why there is no xz trace.

11. (a) Show that
x
2
4
+z
2
=
c
2
9
1 (where c is a xed constant) is an equation of an ellipse (for [c[ > 3)
by writing in the standard form
x
2
a
2
+
z
2
b
2
a =
b =
x
2
a
2
+
z
2
b
2
= 1, y = c, are given by x = a cos t, y = c,
and z = b sint. Use this and your answer to (a) to write parametric equations for the ellipse
x
2
4
+ z
2
=
c
2
9
1, y = c.
x =
y =
z =
ISOMETRIC[x, y, z]
t = 2. Finally, to obtain several of these cross-sectional curves at once, Author and Simplify
Name: 271
and
surface
x
2
4
+
y
2
9
z
2
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y
Laboratory # 23
Vector-Valued Functions
Teaches:
plane and space curves
tangent vectors
moving trihedral
1. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window;
then choose Options State Rectangular Connected Small <Enter>; set both the x and y scales to 3.
2. Consider a curve C in the xy-plane parametrized by the parametric equations
x = f(t), y = g(t), a t b
It is convenient to dene a vector r with the funtions f and g as components:
r(t) = f(t)
i +g(t)
j
We call r a vector-valued function.
272
273
3. We graph a vector-valued function exactly the way that we graph parametric equations; for example
to graph the vector-valued function r(t) = 2 sin
_
2
t
_
i + 3 cos
_
2
t
_
j, 0 t 2 (i.e. the plane curve

parametrized by x = 2 sin
_
2
t
_
and y = 3 cos
_
2
t
_
), Author
F(t) := 2 sin
_
t
2
_
G(t) := 3 cos
_
t
2
_
then Author and Plot
[F(t), G(t)]
and enter 0 and 2 for the min and max values of t.
4. For each value of t, r(t) is a position vector, so you can envision the curve C being traced out by the
moving arrowhead of r(t). To obtain a visual representation of this, Author, Simplify, and Plot
VECTOR(V 0(F(t), G(t)), t, 0, 2, 0.25)
What you will obtain is a graph of the position vectors r(0), r(.25), r(.5), r(.75), . . .r(2).
6. Consider now the derivative of r(t) = f(t)
i + g(t)
j which is dened to be r
(t) = f
(t)
i + g
(t)
j
(assuming, of course, that f and g are both dierentiable). If you highlight the expression [F(t), G(t)]
and choose Calculus Dierentiate <Enter><Enter><Enter>, you will obtain r
(t) = [F
(t), G
(t)] =
[ cos(t/2),
3
2
sin(t/2)].
7. Assign the expressions for F
(t) and G
(t) to F1(t) and G1(t), respectively (i.e. Author F1(t) :=

cos(t/2) and G1(t) :=
3
2
sin(t/2); you can save yourself some typing by using F3 to bring
down highlighted expressions to the Author line.)
274 LABORATORY # 23. VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS
8. What information does r
(t) give us about r(t)? Use Manage Substitute to plug in t = 0, then Simplify
to obtain r
(0) =< , 0 >. To graph this position vector, Author and Plot
V 0(, 0)
Now move this vector so that its initial point is (F(0), G(0)) = (0, 3) by Authoring and Plotting
V 1(, 0, 0, 3)
9. To graph the vectors r
(t) =< F1(t), G1(t) >, t = 0, .25, .5, . . ., 2 so that the initial point is at the
terminal point of r(t) = (F(t), G(t)), Author, Simplify, and Plot
VECTOR(V 1(F1(t), G1(t), F(t), G(t)), t, 0, 2, .25)
11. We can also talk about space curves which can be parametrized by three equations:
x = f(t), y = g(t), z = h(t), a t b
Correspondingly a vector-valued function is given by
r(t) = f(t)
i +g(t)
j + h(t)
k
Delete All graphs, then choose Options Color Plot to change the axes and cross colors both to 0. Now
Author and Plot
AXES
from t = 0 to t = 10 <CtrlEnter>. Now you have a 3D coordinate system. To plot the space curve
given by the vector-valued function
r(t) = sint
i + cos t
j +
t
4
k
275
Author, Simplify, and Plot
ISOMETRIC[sint, cos t, t/4]
enter 15 and 15 for the min and max values of the parameter t. Note that this space curve lies on
the cylinder x
2
+y
2
= 1.
12. We will use the function V 3 to graph vectors in three dimensions; so to draw the 3D vector < x, y, z >
so that its initial point is at (a, b, c), you Author and Plot V 3(x, y, z, a, b, c). For example, to draw the
vector < 0, 1, 1 > so that its initial point is (0, 0, 2) you Author and Plot V 3(0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 2).
13. Again, we want to plot some tangent vectors r
(t) = cos t
i sint
j +
1
4
k. Since we want the initial

point to be the terminal point of r(t) = (sint, cos t, t/4), Author, Simplify and Plot
VECTOR
_
V 3
_
cos t, sint,
1
4
, sint, cos t,
t
4
_
, t, 10, 10, 5
_
to obtain graphs of the vectors r
(t) for t = 10, 5, 0, 5, 10.

15. Lets now examine the signicance of r
(t). For our current example,

r
(t) = sint
i cos t
j
16. To plot some of these vectors (again with initial point r(t)), Author, Simplify, and Plot
VECTOR
_
(V 3
_
sint, cos t, 0, sint, cos t,
t
4
_
, t, 10, 10, 5
_
18. The third important vector which completes the moving trihedral of vectors is obtained by crossing the
normal and tangent vectors. The corresponding unit vector is called the binormal.
276 LABORATORY # 23. VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS
20. Finally, graph some binormal vectors by Authoring, Simplifying, and Plotting
VECTOR(V 3(x, y, z, sint, cos t,
t
4
), t, 10, 10, 5)
replacing x, y, and z with the components of r
found in Worksheet Question #6.

21. Delete All graphs and rePlot AXES from t = 0 to t = 10 <Ctrl-Enter>.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Vector-Valued Functions
NAME: DATE:
1. Copy the graph of the half-ellipse traced out by the vector-valued function
r(t) = 2 sin
_
2
t
_
i + 3 cos
_
2
t
_
j, 0 t 2
as well as the vectors r(t), t = 0, .25, .5, . . ., 2.
6
-
6
?
2 4 4 2
2
4
4
2

2. Copy the graphs of the vectors r
(t), t = 0, .25, .5, . . . , 2 onto the graph in Question #1. What can
277
278 Worksheet # 23. VECTOR-VALUED FUNCTIONS
you say about the direction of each vector r
(t)?
3. Plot the vector-valued function s(t) = 2 sin(t)
i + 3 cos(t)
j, 0 t 1 (i.e. Author
F(t) := 2 sin(t)
G(t) := 3 cos(t)
then Author and Plot [F(t), G(t)] entering 0 and 1 for the min and max values of t).
(a) What is the relationship between the curve traced out by s(t) and the curve traced out by r(t) in
Question #1, if we think of the parameter t as time?
(b) To graph the vectors s
(t), again using the terminal point of s(t) for the initial point, for
t = 0, .25, .5, .75 and 1, rst have Derive evaluate the derivatives of F(t) and G(t) by high-
lighting [F(t), G(t)] and choosing Calculus Dierentiate, then Simplify to obtain an expression
for [F
(t), G
(t)]; then assign these expressions to F1(t) and G1(t), respectively, as before (i.e.
Author F1(t) := . . . and G1(t) := . . .. Finally, Author, Simplify, and Plot
VECTOR(V 1(F1(t), G1(t), F(t), G(t)), t, 0, 1, .25)
How do these vectors compare to the ones you graphed in Question #1, i.e. how are they dierent
and how are they similar?
Name: 279

4. Let r(t) = sint
i + cos t
j +
t
4
k so that r
(t) = cos t
i sint
j +
1
4
k.
(a) What is the length [r
(t)[, for any t?

(b) If we think of r(t) as tracing out the path of a y, then [r
(t)[ gives us the speed of the y at time

t. What can you say about the speed of the y?

5. Do the vectors r
(t) appear to be orthogonal to curve traced out by r(t) (i.e. perpendicular to the
tangent vectors r
(t))? Verify that they are by evaluating the dot product r
(t) r
(t) for any t.

6. Evaluate the cross product of r
(t) and r
(t). [Hint: To cross the vectors < a, b, c > and < d, e, f >
in Derive, use CROSS([a, b, c], [d, e, f])]

7. Consider now the space curve dened by the vector function
r(t) = cos t
i + 2
j + sint
k
(a) Evaluate r
(t) and [r
(t)[.
(b) Plot the space curve traced out by r(t) by Authoring, Simplifyingand Plotting ISOMETRIC[cos t, 2, sint]
from t = 0 to t = 2. Also plot some of the vectors r
(t) by Authoring, Simplifying and Plotting

VECTOR(V 3(x, y, z, cos t, 2, sint), t, 0, 2, /2)
replacing x, y, and z with the components of r
(t). Copy these graphs below:

6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y
(c) Evaluate r
(t) and plot some of these vectors by Authoring, Simplifying, and Plotting the above
VECTOR equation with x, y, and z replaced by the components of r
(t). Do these vectors appear

Name: 281
to be orthogonal to the curve? Show that they are by computing r
(t) r
(t).
(d) Evaluate the binormal vector r
(t) r
(t).
8. Our nal example is
r(t) = t
i +t
2
j + sin(2t)
k
Delete All graphs and rePlot AXES from 0 to 10.
(a) Evaluate r
(t) and [r
(t)[.
(b) Plot the space curve traced out by r(t) by Authoring, Simplifying, and Plotting ISOMETRIC[t, t
2
, sin(2t)]
from t = 3 to t = 3. Also Plot r
(3/4) by Authoring
V 3(x, y, z, t, t
2
, sin(2t))
where youve replaced x, y, and z by the components of r
(t), then Manage Substituting t = 3/4,

Simplifying, and Plotting. Copy the graphs below:
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Pq
6
(c) Evaluate r
(t) and Plot r
(3/4) by Authoring the above expression with x, y, and z replaced

by the components of r
(t), then Manage Substituting t = 3/4 and Plotting. Do they appear

to be orthogonal to the curve? Verify that they are not by evaluating r
(3/4) r
(3/4).
(d) Find a unit vector u thats tangent to the curve traced out by r(t) at t = 3/4. [Hint: since
r
(3/4) is tangent to the curve, let u =

r(3/4)
|r(3/4)|
. Let Derive do the algebra for you by Authoring
R(t) := [t, t
2
, sin(2t)]
then Authoring and Simplifying
U(t) :=
DIF(R(t), t, 1)
[DIF(R(t), t, 1)[
and nally Manage Substituting t = 3/4 and Simplifying again.
Name: 283
(e) Now nd N(t) = U
(t) = the derivative of U(t).[Hint: you can use Calculus Dierentiate on

U(t).]. Evaluate N(3/4).
.
(f) Plot N(3/4) by Authoring
V 3(x, y, z, t, t
2
, sin(2t))
with x, y, and z replaced by the components of N(t), then Manage Substituting t = 3/4 and
Plotting. Does this vector appear to be orthogonal to the curve? Verify that it is by evaluating
r
(3/4) N(3/4).
Laboratory # 24
Curvature
Teaches:
circles of curvature
1. The curvature of a plane or space curve is a measure of how much a curve bends or curves. For example,
the following curve has larger curvature at the point P than at the point Q.
Q
P
...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2. If a plane curve is given by parametric equations x = f(t) and y = g(t), then the curvature at the
284
285
point (f(t), g(t)) can be obtained by Authoring and approXimating CURV(f(t), g(t)).
3. Open a graphics window by choosing Plot Beside <Enter>.
5. Along with the notion of curvature is the circle of curvature, which is the circle that best ts the curve
at a given point, as illustrated by the following picture:
Q
P
...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ... ... ... ... .... .... ..... ...... .......... ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ....... ...... .... .... ... ... ... ... ... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................... .. .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .... .....................................
As you can see, the bigger the curvature , the smaller will be the circle of curvature. In fact, the
radius of the circle of curvature (sometimes called the radius of curvature) is given by the reciprocal
of the curvature. The tangent to the curve at the given point is perpendicular to the radius of the
circle, so the center of the circle can be found by measuring a distance 1/ along the line perpendicular
to the tangent in the direction of the concave side of the curve:
286 LABORATORY # 24. CURVATURE
Q = (x, y)
C = (a, b)
r =
1
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ... ... ... ... .... .... ..... ...... .......... ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ....... ...... .... .... ... ... ... ... ... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. In Worksheet Questions #2#4, you will be nding circles of curvature and then graphing them.
The easiest way to graph a circle with center (a, b) and radius r is to use the parametric equations
x = a + r cos t, y = b + r sint, 0 t 2, i.e. Author
[a + r cos t, b +r sint]
then use Manage Substitute to plug in the values that you have found for the radius r and the center
(a, b); then Plot from t = 0 to t = 2.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Curvature
NAME: DATE:
1. Consider the ellipse parametrized by
x = 2 sint, y = 3 cos t, 0 t 2
(a) Plot the ellipse (i.e. Author and Plot [2 sint, 3 cos t] and enter 0 and 2 for the min and max
values of the parameter t.) From the graph, would you say that the curvature is larger at (0, 3)
or at (2, 0)?
(b) Find a formula for the curvature (as a function of t) by Authoring and Simplifying CURV(2 sint, 3 cos t).
(c) Find the curvature of the ellipse at the point (0, 3) (i.e. when t = 0).[Hint: you may want to use
Manage Substitute on your answer to (b) to plug in t = 0, then Simplify.]
287
288 Worksheet # 24. CURVATURE
(d) Find the curvature of the ellipse at the point (2, 0) (i.e. when t =

2
).
(e) Are your answers to (c) and (d) consistent with your answer to (a)? Explain.

2. Consider again the ellipse parametrized by x = 2 sint and y = 3 cos t, 0 t 2.
(a) Graph the ellipse below; label the points (0, 3) and (2, 0).
6
?
-
2 4 6 6 4 2
2
4
6
6
4
2
(b) Find the radius r of the circle of curvature at (0, 3). [Hint: remember that the radius is the
reciprocal of the curvature, and you found the curvature at (0, 3) in the previous question.]
(c) Find the center (a, b) of the circle of curvature at (0, 3). [Hint: The tangent line to the ellipse at
(0, 3) is horizontal, and the center of the circle must lie on the line perpendicular to the tangent
Name: 289
at (0, 3), i.e. it must lie on the y axis, a distance r down from (0, 3), where r is the radius that
you found above.]
Now that you have the radius r and the center (a, b) of the circle, you should be able to graph
it using the parametric equations x = a + r cos t and y = b + r sint, 0 t 2 as explained
previously. Copy the graph of the circle onto your graph in (a).
(d) Find the radius r and the center (a, b) of the circle of curvature of the ellipse at (0, 2). Plot the
circle and copy it onto the graph in (a). [Hint: the tangent line at (0, 2) is vertical, so the center
of the circle should lie on the x axis.]
3. Consider the cardioid given by the polar equation r = 1sin. Recall that the relationships x = r cos
and y = r sin between polar and rectangular coordinates allow us to easily obtain the parametric
equations x = (1 sin) cos and y = (1 sin) sin. We want to continue to use the parameter t
instead of , so Delete All graphs, then Author and Plot
[(1 sint) cos t, (1 sint) sint]
entering 0 and 2 for the min and max values of the parameter t.
(a) Copy the graph of the cardioid below:
6
?
-
1 2 2
1
2
2
1
1
(b) Find an expression for the curvature (t) of the cardioid as a function of t. [Hint: First choose
Manage Trigonometry Collect <Enter>; then Author and Simplify CURV((1 sint) cos t, (1
sint) sint).]
(c) Find the coordinates of the point on the cardioid corresponding to t =

6
. Label the point on
your graph in (a).
(d) Find the curvature of the cardioid at this point.
(e) Find the radius r of the circle of curvature at this point.
Name: 291
(f) Find the center (a, b) of the circle of curvature at this point. Then use the parametric equations
x = a + r cos t, y = b + r sint, 0 t 2 to obtain a graph of the circle of curvature. Copy the
graph of the circle onto your graph in (a). [Hint: the tangent line at this point is horizontal.]
(g) Find the coordinates of the point on the cardioid corresponding to t =
3
2
. Label this point on
your graph in (a). Then nd the radius and center of the circle of curvature at this point. Obtain
a graph of the circle and copy it onto the graph in (a). [Hint: the tangent line at this point is
horizontal.]
4. Finally consider the lima con with polar equation r = 1+2 sin . Parametric equations for this limacon
are given by
x = (1 + 2 sint) cos t, y = (1 + 2 sint) sint, 0 t 2
(a) Graph the lima con below; then nd the coordinates of the point corresponding to t =
3
2
and
label it on the graph.
1 2
3
4
-
2 1
1
2
?
6
(b) Find an expression for the curvature of the limacon as a function of t.
(c) Find the radius r and the center (a, b) of the circle of curvature at t =
3
2
. Obtain a graph of the
circle and copy it onto your graph in (a).[Hint: the tangent line at this point is horizontal.]
Laboratory # 25
Functions of 2 Variables
Teaches:
using level curves to graph functions of two variables
nding relative extrema of functions of two variables
1. The graph of a function z = f(x, y) is a surface in 3-space. The graph is obtained by plotting all points
(x, y, f(x, y)) where (x, y) is in the domain of f:
-
6
=
domain of z=f(x,y)
r
r
(x,y)
(x,y,f(x,y))
f(x,y)
x
z
y
293
294 LABORATORY # 25. FUNCTIONS OF 2 VARIABLES
2. In trying to obtain a graph of a function z = f(x, y), it is often helpful to rst graph the level curves
of f. These are the curves dened by f(x, y) = c, for suitable c. These curves tell us what the
cross-section of the surface z = f(x, y) looks like when we slice the surface with the plane z = c:
-
plane
z=c
surface
z=f(x,y)
f(x,y)=c x
y
z
6
3. Choose Plot Beside <Enter> to open a graphics window, set the x and y scales both to 5, then split
the graphics window horizontally into two graphics windows by choosing Window Split Horizontal
<Enter>. We will use Window #2 to graph the (2 dimensional) level curves. In Window #3 we will
put the level curves together to build the (3 dimensional) surface.
5. Next, we need to set up window #3 as follows:
First, Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH.
Next, go to window #3 ( F1 takes you to the next window), choose Options Color Plot and
change the axes and cross colors both to 0.
Author AXES, then go to window #3 and Plot from 0 to 20 <Ctrl-Enter>.
6. Now we can start building our surface. We would like to graph these level curves in window #2 at
heights z = 1, z = 4, and z = 9, respectively in window #3. The rst level curve is a circle centered
295
at the origin with radius 1, so it has parametric equations x = cos t, y = sint, z = 1, 0 t 2. To
graph, Author
ISOMETRIC[cos t, sint, 1]
Remark: Note that Window #3 is really a 2d-plot window, but we are using it to draw three-
dimensional objects; the function ISOMETRIC calculates the 2D isometric projection of the 3D space
point (x, y, z) so that we can graph it in this two-dimensional window.
7. The second level curve that you graphed, corresponding to c = 4, is a circle centered at the origin with
radius 2; its parametric equations are x = 2 cos t, y = 2 sint, z = 4. So Author
8. More generally, the level curve x
2
+ y
2
= c is a circle centered at the origin with radius

c; to graph
it at height z = c in window #3, we use the parametric equations x =
c cos t, y =
c sint, z = c. To
graph all the level curves from c = 0 to c = 5 in increments of 0.2, Author and Simplify the following:
VECTOR
_
ISOMETRIC[
c cos t,
c sint, c], c, 0, 5, .2
_
go to window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2; press <Ctrl- Enter> to accept this interval for all the
level curves simultaneously.
9. Answer Worksheet Questions #2 #4.
10. In all the examples that weve looked at so far, the level curves f(x, y) = c where pretty straight
forward to graph since they turned out to be nice drawable curves like circles or ellipses; once we
knew what the level curves looked like, putting them together to build the surface and nding the
relative extrema was easy. Often, however, nding the level curves z = c is not so easy. In this case, we
may want to look instead at the curves x = c or y = c on the surface. The curves y = c, for example,
give us the cross-section obtained by slicing the surface with the plane y = c.
11. Consider now the surface given by the equation z = 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
y
5
_
. Author
F(x, y) := 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
y
5
_
12. Derive actually has 3d graphing capabilities which we havent explored. Choose Plot Under <Return>
Plot. To improve the detail of the graph, choose Grid and change the number of grid lines for both x
and y to 30; then Plot again.
13. As you can see, the graph has three mountains above the xy plane; we want to nd the coordinates
of the peak of one of these mountains, namely the one in the upper-left corner of the screen.
14. Notice that the curves z = c are not easy to graph; for example we would need to solve 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
y
5
_
=
c for y to get it into the formy = f(x) (Can you do that? Derive can, but its still pretty messy!). On the
other hand the curves traced by the planes y = c have equations of the formz = 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
c
5
_
=
C
1
cos(C
2
x) for some constants C
1
and C
2
, and are generally easy to graph (although we will let Derive
do this for us).
15. We will use window #3 (in the upper-right corner) to graph the level curves y = c (where we will think
of the horizontal axis as the x axis, and the vertical axis as the z axis). Window #4 (in the lower-right
corner) will be used to build the 3d surface. Reset these two window as before.
16. Suppose we want to look at the level curve traced out by the plane y = 4. On this plane, z =
F(x, y) = F(x, 4), so to graph this curve on the xz coordinate axes in window #3, Author
[x, F(x, 4)]
297
go to window #3, choose Options Color Auto Yes, and Plot from x = 5 to x = 5. To place this
curve on the plane y = 4 in window #4, Author
ISOMETRIC[x, 4, F(x, 4)]
go to window #4 and Plot from x = 5 to x = 5.
17. Repeat for y = 3, i.e. Author and Plot [x, F(x, 3)] in window #3 and ISOMETRIC[x, 3, F(x, 3)]
in window #4.
18. Repeat for y = 2, i.e. Author and Plot [x, F(x, 2)] in window #3 and ISOMETRIC[x, 2, F(x, 2)]
in window #4.
20. Go to window #4, choose Options Color Auto No, then choose Options Color Plot and change the
Next Plot color to your favorite color. Then build the graph of z = f(x, y) as follows: Author and
Simplify
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[x, c, F(x, c)], c, 5, 5, .2)
go to window #4 and Plot from x = 5 to x = 5. You will obtain a plot of the level curves y = c from
c = 5 to c = 5 in increments of .2.
21. Lets focus our attention on the part of the graph corresponding to 4 y 2, since the peak that
we are looking for should be there. Author
VECTOR([x, F(x, c)], c, 4, 2, .2)
go to window #3 and Plot from x = 5 to x = 5. Then Author and Simplify
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[x, y, F(x, y)], y, 4, 2, .2)
go to window #4, change the Next Plot color to your second favorite color, and Plot from x = 5 to
x = 5.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Functions of 2 Variables
NAME: DATE:
1. Let f(x, y) = x
2
+ y
2
, so that the level curves are x
2
+y
2
= c.
(a) Describe the level curves corresponding to c = 1 and c = 4, and c = 9.
(b) The easiest way in Derive to graph a circle centered at the origin with radius r is to use the
parametric equations x = r cos t, y = r sint, 0 t 2 (i.e. Author [r cos t, r sint], replacing r
with the desired radius, then Plot from t = 0 to t = 2). Use Derive to obtain graphs in Window
#2 of the level curves corresponding to c = 1, c = 4, and c = 9. Then copy the graphs below.
6
-
?
5
5
5
5
299
300 Worksheet # 25. FUNCTIONS OF 2 VARIABLES
(c) Are there any level curves corresponding to c < 0? Explain.

2. (a) On the axes below, sketch the surface z = x
2
+y
2
.
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y
(b) Use your sketch to identify the coordinates of all relative extreme points (i.e peaks and valleys)
of z = f(x, y); identify each point as a relative maximum or a relative minimum and indicate
whether it is an absolute maximum or minimum point.
Reset window #3 by Deleting All graphs, then replotting AXES from 0 to 20 <Ctrl-Enter>. Then go
to window #2, Delete All graphs, and choose Options Color Plot to change the axes color to 15.
3. Next consider f(x, y) = 1
x
2
4
y
2
.
(a) Show that the level curves f(x, y) = c are ellipses (recall that the equation of an ellipse is
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2
=
Name: 301
1, a, b > 0) and identify a and b (as functions of c).
(b) For what values of c are there no level curves?
(c) The easiest way to use Derive to graph the ellipse
x
2
a
2
+
y
2
b
2
= 1 is to use the parametric equations
x = a cos t, y = b sint, 0 t 2 (i.e. Author [a cos t, b sint] where you have replaced a and b by
the appropriate numbers, then Plot from t = 0 to t = 2). In window #2, obtain graphs of the
level curves corresponding to c = 3/4, 0, 3, 8 (recall that formulas for a and b were calculated
in (a)). Copy the graphs below.
6
-
?
5
5
5
5
(d) Now plot these level curves at the appropriate level z = c in Window # 3 by Authoring
ISOMETRIC[a cos t, b sint, c] where youve replaced a and b by the expressions involving c in
your answer to (a); then for each value of c above, Manage Substitute it in, go to Window #3,
and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2. Finally, to obtain graphs of all the level curves f(x, y) = c from
c = 10 to c = 1 in increments of .5, say, Author and Simplify
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[a cos t, b sint, c], c, 10, 1, .5)
again replacing a and b by the appropriate expressions, go to Window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to
t = 2 <Ctrl-Enter>. On the axes below, sketch the surface z = 1
x
2
4
y
2
.
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y
(e) Use your sketch to identify the coordinates of all relative extreme points of z = f(x, y) and identify
each point as a relative maximum or a relative minimum and indicate whether it is an absolute
maximum or minimum point.
Reset windows #2 and #3 as before.
4. Consider the function z =
2
1x
2
y
2
.
(a) Show that the level curve
2
1x
2
y
2
= c is a circle by solving for x
2
+y
2
. What is the radius of the
circle (as a function of c)?
Name: 303
(b) For what values of c are there no level curves?
(c) Graph the level curves for c = 2/3, 1/4, 2, 9/4, 8/3 below.
6
-
?
5
5
5
5
(d) What is the limiting value of the radii of the circles
2
1x
2
y
2
= c as c ?
To build the part of the surface z =
2
1x
2
y
2
that lies above the xy plane, Author and Simplify
VECTOR(ISOMETRIC[r cos t, r sint, c], c, 2, 7, .3)
where youve replaced r by the expression for the radius that you obtained in (a). then go to
window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2 <Ctrl-Enter>.
(e) What is the limiting value of the radii of the circles
2
1x
2
y
2
= c as c ?
2
1x
2
y
2
that lies below the xy plane, Author and Simplify
where youve again replaced r appropriately. Then go to window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to
t = 2 <Ctrl-Enter>.
(f) What is the limiting value of the radii of the circles
2
1x
2
y
2
= c as c 0?
2
1x
2
y
2
that lies below and near the xy plane, Author and
Simplify
again replacing r appropriately, then go to window #3 and Plot from t = 0 to t = 2 <Ctrl-
Enter>.
(g) Sketch the surface z =
2
1x
2
y
2
below:
6
z
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
Hj
x
y
Name: 305
(h) Use your sketch to identify the coordinates of all relative extreme points of z = f(x, y) and identify
each point as a relative maximum or a relative minimum and indicate whether it is an absolute
maximum or minimum point.

5. (a) At what value of x does F(x, 4) = 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
4
5
_
peak and whats the value of
F(x, 4) for this value of x (i.e. what are the (x, z) coordinates of the relative maximum of
your rst graph in window #3) ? Give a decimal approximation accurate to 5 places. [Hint: at
what point (x, y) should you evaluate F(x, y)?]
(b) At what value of x does F(x, 3) = 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
3
5
_
peak? Whats the value of F(x, 3)
for this value of x?
(c) At what value of x does F(x, 2) = 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
sin
_
2
5
_
peak? Whats the value of F(x, 3)
for this value of x?

6. (a) At what value of x do all the curves y = c , 4 c 2, (which you plotted in window #3)
appear to peak?
(b) Then how can you evaluate the highest peak of z = F(x, c) for a given value of c, 4 c 2?
(c) So if I want the highest of all the peaks, what derivative should I take and set equal to 0? Do
this (use Calculus Dierentiate and soLve). What c value (between 4 and 2) corresponds to
the level curve y = c that peaks the highest?
(d) What are the coordinates (x, y, z) of this peak? [Hint: to verify your answer, Author and Simplify
ISOMETRIC[x, y, z] (where youve replaced [x, y, z] with your point, then in window #4 Move
your cross to these coordinates to see if it coincides with the peak.]
Laboratory # 26
Directional Derivatives
Teaches:
directional derivatives
the gradient
1. Set up Derive as follows:
- Choose Window Split Horizontal <Enter>.
- Choose Window Split Vertical <Enter> to split window #1.
- Go to window #3 and choose Window Split Vertical, then type 26 <Enter>.
- Go to window #4 and choose Window Split Vertical <Enter>.
- Go to window #1 and choose Window Designate 3D-plot; choose Grids to change the number of
grid lines in both the x and y directions to 30.
- Window Designate window #2 as a 2D-plot window and set the x and y scales both to 6; Window
Designate window #4 as a 2D-plot window and set the x and y scales both to 6; Window Designate
window #5 as a 2D- plot window and set the x and y scales both to 2.
307
308 LABORATORY # 26. DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES
2. Author and Plot
F(x, y) :=
8
1 + x
2
+ y
2
3. Derives 3d plotting window is useful for obtaining graphs of functions of 2 variables; however, it is
limited in that we cannot graph more than one function at a time.
4. Go to window #2 and choose Options Color Auto No; then choose Options Color Plot and change the
Next plot color to 15 and the axes color to 0; then go to the algebra window (window #3) and Transfer
Load the Utility le LABS.MTH. Then Author
AXES
and Plot in window #2 from 0 to 10 <Ctrl-Enter>.
Notes:
- We are going to think of window #2 as a 3D window, even though Derive thinks of it as a 2D
window; for this reason we have hidden the xy axes and drawn the xyz axes. On the other
hand, windows #4 and #5 are to be treated as ordinary 2D windows so we dont want to hide
the xy axes in these windows. Unfortunately, each time you change the color options, it aects
all the graphic windows, so it may be necessary to change the color options from time to time to
keep the axes visible in windows #4 and #5 and invisible in window #2.
- In the following instructions, Ive suggested colors for you to use for the dierent graphs. You
are not bound to use these particular colors, although you should choose a relatively light color
for the graph of F(x, y) and a relatively bright color for the cross sections so that they will show
up clearly. Since we have turned Color Auto o, the colors of subsequent graphs do not change
automatically, so use Options Color Plot to change the color of the next plot.
5. Choose Options Color Plot to change the Next plot color to 1, Author and Simplify
PLOT3D(F(x, y))
309
and Plot in window #2 from 5 to 5 <Ctrl-Enter>.
6. We are now going to use the graph in window #2 to study the function F(x, y) at the point (1, 0, 4)..
Author
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 1, 0, 0)
go to window #2, change the Next plot color to 14, and Plot from 0 to 5 <Enter>. The graph that
you will obtain is a cross-section of the surface in the direction of the positive x axis. In other words, if
you started on the surface at the point (1, 0, F(1, 0)) = (1, 0, 4), and walked in the direction parallel to
the positive x axis while staying on the surface, you would be walking along this curve. More generally,
use CROSS SEC (F(x, y), p, q, ) to obtain a graph of the curve traced out by starting at the point
(p, q, F(p, q)) and walking in the direction that makes an angle with the positive x axis, as illustrated
by the following picture:

-
6
s
Z
Z
Z
Z~
(p, q, F(p, q))
(p, q, 0)
s
7. So now to see how the surface changes as you walk in the direction of the positive y axis, you would
let = /2, so Author and Plot (in window #2, from 0 to 5)
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 1, 0, /2)
8. Author
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 1, 0, 4/3)
go to window #2 and Plot from 0 to 5 <Enter>.
9. As you can see, depending on which direction we take, we may be climbing or descending, and the
path might be at or steep. We will use window #4 to obtain a better view of these cross-sectional
paths. To look at the rst path (in the direction of the positive x axis) Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 1, 0, 0)
then go to window #4 and Plot; ignore the part of the graph that lies to the left of the y axis. Think
of the x axis as denoting time t and the y axis as denoting our height z = F(x, y) as we walk at a
steady rate in the direction of the positive x axis. At time t = 0, we start at height F(1, 0) = 4 and as
we begin to walk we descend down the surface.
10. How steep is our descent as we start out? Well, this can be determined by evaluating the slope of the
curve at time t = 0. The utility function TANGENT(y, t, t
0
) simplies to the line tangent to expression
y(t) at t = t
0
. So Author and Simplify
TANGENT(#n, t, 0)
where you have replaced n by the number of the simplied expression C1(F(x, y), 1, 0, 0). Plot this
line in window #4 to verify that its tangent to the cross-section at t = 0.
12. To plot the cross-section of the surface z = F(x, y) at z = 4 in window #2, Author
ISOMETRIC[cos t, sint, 4]
311
go to window #2, and Plot from 0 to 2. Then to plot the level curve in window #5 (i.e. projection
of this cross-section onto the xy plane), Author
[cos t, sint]
go to window #5, and Plot from 0 to 2.
13. Finally, I want you to plot the unit vector u that you found in (g) that points in the direction of steepest
climb. You will rst graph it in window #2. Since we want the initial point to be (1, 0, 4), Author
V 3(a, b, 0, 1, 0, 4) where you have replaced a and b by the horizontal and vertical components of u that
you found in Worksheet Question #1. Then go to window #2, choose Options State Rectangular
Connected Small <Enter>, then Plot.
14. To plot the projection of this vector onto the xy plane in window #5, Author V 1(a, b, 1, 0) (where
youve replaced a and b the horizontal and vertical components of the unit vector u), then go to
window #5, choose Options State Rectangular Connected Small <Enter>, then Plot.
16. To plot the cross-section on the surface z = F(x, y) formed by the plane
z = 4/3 in window #2, Author
ISOMETRIC[
5 cos t,
5 sint, 4/3]
go to window #2, and Plot from 0 to 2. Then to plot the projection of this cross-section onto the xy
plane in window #5, Author
[
5cos t,
5 sint]
go to window #5, and Plot from 0 to 2.
17. Finally, I want you to plot the unit vector u that you found that points in the direction of steepest
climb. You will rst graph it in window #2. Since we want the initial point to be (1, 2, 4/3), Author
V 3(a, b, 0, 1, 2, 4/3) where you have. Th replaced a and b by the horizontal and vertical components of
u that you found in Worksheet Question #4. Then Plot in window #2.
18. To plot the projection of this vector onto the xy plane in window #5, Author V 1(a, b, 1, 2) (where
youve replaced a and b the horizontal and vertical components of the unit vector u), then Plot in
window #5.
20. We would now like to introduce the gradient vector of a function f(x, y) at a point (a, b). Recall
that f
x
=
f
x
is the partial derivative of f with respect to x; likewise f
y
=
f
y
is the partial derivative
of f with respect to y.
Denition 26.1 The vector f
x
(a, b)
i + f
y
(a, b)
j is called the gradient vector of f at (a, b) and is

denoted by f. It is also called del f because of the upside-down delta .
21. For example, if f(x, y) = x
2
+ y
3
, then f
x
(x, y) = 2x and f
y
(x, y) = 3y
2
, so f(1, 2) = 2 1, 3(2)
2
=
2
i + 12
j.
&
$
%
&
$
%
Directional Derivatives
NAME: DATE:
1. Let F(x, y) =
8
1+x
2
+y
2
, (p, q) = (1, 0).
(a) Author, Simplify,andPlot (in window #4) C1(F(x, y), p, q, ) for each of the angles = 0, /2, 4/3,
to obtain frontal views of the cross-sections to the surface z = F(x, y) in each of these directions.
Copy the graphs below, (for t > 0 only), and label them with the appropriate :
-
6
5
5
t
(b) Fill in the following chart:
313
314 Worksheet # 26. DIRECTIONAL DERIVATIVES
C1(F(x, y), 1, 0, ) tangent line slope
simplied at t = 0 of tangent line
0
8
t
2
+2t+2
4 4t 4
/3
2/3
4/3
5/3
(c) Which angle from the above table represents the direction of the steepest climb of the surface
and which represents the direction of steepest descent?
(d) Plot the 6 points (, slope of tangent line) from the above table and label them:
6
?
-
5
5
2
(e) To obtain a complete graph of vs the slope of the surface in direction , we need to nd the
Name: 315
slope for general ; so Author
C1(F(x, y), 1, 0, )
( is typed as alt-h).
i. Author and Simplify TANGENT(#n, t, 0) where you have replaced n by the number of the
last simplied expression.
ii. What is the slope of the above line (as a function of )?
(Check your formula by plugging in values of from the above table.)
(f) Now Delete All graphs from window #4 (choose Options Color Plot to change the axes color back
to 15) and Plot the slope function obtained above as a function of ; this graph tells you, for each
, the instantaneous rate of change of the height z of the surface in that direction starting from
the point (1, 0, 4). In (d) you graphed six points from this graph; now complete the graph in (d)
by copying this graph onto it (it should go through the points that you have already graphed).
Which angle , 0 < 2, represents the direction of the steepest climb of the surface and which
represents the direction of steepest descent?
(g) Find unit vectors u and v that point in the direction of steepest ascent and steepest descent,
respectively (i.e. calculate cos , sin for the values of that youve calculated).
2. Recall that the level curves of a function F(x, y) are the curves F(x, y) = c. Since F(1, 0) = 4, we are
interested now in the level curve F(x, y) = 4 (which necessarily goes through the point (1, 0)). Show
that this level curve is a circle centered at the origin with radius 1.

3. Copy the graphs of the level curve F(x, y) = 4 and the vector which points in the direction of steepest
ascent below (from window #5):
-
6
?
2 2
2
2
4. Delete All graphs from window #2; choose Options Color Plot to change the axes color back to 0 and
the Next Plot color back to 1. Also Delete All graphs from window #4, and change the axes color back
to 15. Then replot the original function (i.e. the simplied expression PLOT3D(F(x, y)), in window
Name: 317
#2. Change the Next plot color to 14.
(a) Plot the cross section of the surface in each of the directions 0, /2, and 3/2 starting
at the point (1, 2, F(1, 2)) = (1, 2,
4
3
) (i.e. for each of these values of , Author and Plot
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 1, 2, ) from 0 to 5). Among these four directions, which appears to provide
the steepest climb?
(b) Plot these cross sectional curves in window #4, where as you recall the horizontal axis measures
time and the vertical axis the height z (i.e. for each of these values of , Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 1, 2, ), then go to window #4 and Plot). Copy the graphs below (t 0 only), labeling
them with the appropriate .
-
6
5
5
t
(c) Find the exact initial instantaneous rate of ascent or descent along each of these four directions by
Authoring, Simplifying, and Plotting (in window #4) TANGENT(#n, t, 0) where n is the number
of the expression C1(F(x, y), 1, 2, ) (at each value ) Simplied. Fill in the following table:
C1(F(x, y), 1, 2, ) tangent line slope
simplied at t = 0 of tangent line
0
8
t
2
+2t+6
4
3

4t
9

4
9
/2
3/2
(d) Find a general expression for the tangent line to the cross-section in any direction by Authoring
and Simplifying C1(F(x, y), 1, 2, ), then Authoring and Simplifying TANGENT(#n, t, 0) where
n is the number of the Simplied C1 expression.
(e) Find a general expresssion for C() = the slope of the above tangent line in any direction .
(f) Delete All graphs in window #4 and plot C() as a function of , 0 < 2. Again remember
that this graph gives you, for each , the instantaneous rate of change of the height z of the
surface at (1, 2, 4/3) in that direction. Copy the graph below; label the points corresponding to
= 0, /2, , 3/2 whose y coordinates C() you calculated in the table above:
Name: 319
-
6
?
1
1
2
(g) We are again interested in nding the directions of steepest ascent and steepest descent, i.e. the
relative min and max of the above graph. We can do this by taking the derivative with respect
to of C() and setting it equal to 0. Do this (using Calculus Dierentiate, Simplify, and soLve)
and approXimate the answer. What is this value of and does it correspond to the direction of
steepest ascent or descent? Author
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 1, 2, )
for this value of and Plot in window #2 from 0 to 5.
(h) The other critical point of C() can be found as follows: in your Algebra window set Options
Precision to Approximate, highlight the simplied derivative of C() (whose other zero you want
to nd) and choose soLve; you will need to give Derive an interval in which to start searching for
the root; the graph should help you come up with an appropriate interval. What is this value of
and does it correspond to the direction of steepest ascent or descent? Author
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 1, 2, )
for this value of and Plot in window #2 from 0 to 5.
(i) Find unit vectors u and v that point in the direction of steepest ascent and steepest descent,
respectively i.e. calculate cos , sin for the values of that youve calculated:
-
6
?
cos
sin
u
(j) Finally, lets look at the level curve that contains the point (1, 2). Since F(1, 2) = 4/3, this is the
curve F(x, y) = 4/3. Show that this is a circle with radius
5.

5. (a) Copy the graphs of the level curve F(x, y) = 4/3 and the vector that points in the direction of
steepest ascent below (from window #5):
Name: 321
-
6
?
2 2
2
2
(b) What do you notice about the relationship of each vector that youve graphed to the corresponding
level curve? (e.g. do they appear tangent to the level curve, normal to the level curve, etc.)

6. Let F(x, y) =
8
1+x
2
+y
2
. Use Derive to help you with the following calculations:
(a) Find F
x
(x, y) and F
y
(x, y).
(b) Find F
x
(1, 0) and F
y
(1, 0), F
x
(1, 2), and F
y
(1, 2).
(c) Find F(1, 0) = F
x
(1, 0)
i +F
y
(1, 0)
j and F(1, 2) = F
x
(1, 2)
i + F
y
(1, 2)
j.
(d) Graph F(0, 1) in window #5 (use (0, 1) as initial point, so Author and Plot V 1(a, b, 0, 1) where
a and b are the components of F(0, 1)). Also graph F(1, 2) (using (1, 2) as initial point).
What relationship do you notice between these gradient vectors and the vectors (graphed earlier)
pointing in the direction of steepest ascent?
(e) Based on your observations, we might conjecture the following theorem (ll in the blanks):
Theorem 26.1 The gradient vector F(a, b) points in the direction of
of F at (a,b),and is to the level curve at (a, b).
Laboratory # 27
Relative Extrema for Functions of
Two Variables
Teaches:
criteria for nding relative maxima/minima for a function of 2 variables
1. When we studied relative maxima/minima for functions of one variable, we discovered that for a twice-
dierentiable function y = f(x), a necessary condition for (a, f(a)) to be a relative extreme point was
that f
(a) = 0, i.e. y = f(x) must have a horizontal tangent line at x = a:

(a, f(a))
(a, f(a))
(a, f(a))
s
s
s
2. In the rst picture, the graph of f is concave down at x = a (i.e. f
(a) < 0) so we have a relative

323
324 LABORATORY # 27. RELATIVE EXTREMA FOR FUNCTIONS OF TWO VARIABLES
maximum. In the second picture, f is concave up at x = a (i.e. f
(a) > 0) so we have a relative

minimum. Its also possible that x = a is not a relative extremum, as in the third picture where
f
(a) = 0 and we have an inection point.

3. Transfer Load the Utility le LABS.MTH. Choose Plot Beside Enter to open a graphics window.
Change both x and y scales to 5, then choose Window Split Horizontal Enter to open another window.
4. Author
F(x, y) := 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
cos
_
y
10
_
then choose Plot Under Enter to open a 3D-plot window. Change Grids to 30 in both directions, then
Plot to obtain a graph of z = F(x, y).
5. Now we will set up window #3 (upper right-hand corner) as we usually do to study 3-dimensional
graphs. Go to window #3, then:
Choose Options Color Plot and change the axes and cross colors both to 0.
Author AXES, then go to window #3 and Plot from 0 to 20 <Ctrl-Enter>.
Choose Options Color Plot to change the next plot color to 1.
6. Now Author, Simplify, and Plot
PLOT3D(F(x, y))
from 5 to 5 <Ctrl-Enter>.
8. We wish to explore the graph of z = F(x, y) at the points (10/3, 0). Author and Simplify
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 10/3, 0, 0)
325
then go to window #3, choose Options Color Plot to change the next plot color to 14, and Plot
from 5 to 5.You will obtain a graph of the cross-section of the graph of z = F(x, y) at the point
(10/3, 0, F(10/3, 0)) in the direction of the positive x axis.
9. In order to obtain a frontal view of this space curve, Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 10/3, 0, 0)
then plot in window #4. In this graph, t = 0 (where we think of the horizontal axis as the t axis)
corresponds to the point (10/3, 0) on the xy plane of window #3, and the vertical axis (we will call it
the z axis) measures the height z = F(x, y), so that the z intercept of the graph in window #4 occurs
at z = F(10/3, 0).
11. Now Author and Simplify
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 10/3, 0, /2)
then Plot in window #3 from 5 to 5 to obtain the graph of the cross-section at (10/3, 0) in the
direction of the positive y axis. Again, to obtain a frontal view of this, Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 10/3, 0, /2)
then Plot in window #4.
Denition 27.1 A point (p, q) for which F
x
(p, q) = F
y
(p, q) = 0 is called a critical point of z =
F(x, y).
13. Author
F(x, y) :=
3
2
cos ye
sin x
(recall the e is entered as alt-e) then Plot in Window #2. Then Delete All graphs from windows #3
and #4 and reset the axes as necessary. Author and Simplify
PLOT3D(F(x, y))
then go to window #3, change the Next Plot color to 1, and Plot from 5 to 5 <Ctrl-Enter>.
15. Author and Simplify
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), /2, 0, 0)
then go to window #3, choose Options Color Plot to change the next plot color to 14, and Plot from
5 to 5 to obtain a plot of the cross-section of z = F(x, y) at (/2, 0) in the direction of the x axis.
Then Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), /2, 0, 0)
and plot in window #4 to obtain a frontal view of this cross-section. (You may rst want to delete all
other graphs from window #4 and set the axes color to 15).
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), /2, 0, /2)
then Plot in window #3 from 5 to 5 to obtain the graph of the cross-section at (/2, 0) in the direction
of the y axis. Again, to obtain a frontal view of this, Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), /2, 0, /2)
327
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), /2, 0, 0)
then go to window #3 and Plot from 5 to 5 to obtain the cross-sectional graph at (/2, 0) in the
direction of the x axis. Then Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), /2, 0, 0)
and plot in window #4 to obtain a frontal view of this cross-section (after deleting all other graphs).
19. Then Author and Simplify
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), /2, 0, /2)
and Plot in window #3 from 5 to 5 to obtain the graph of the cross-section at (/2, 0) in the
direction of the y axis. Again, to obtain a frontal view of this, Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), /2, 0, /2)
21. For our nal example, Author
F(x, y) :=
x
3
y y
3
x +
1
2
x
2
+
1
2
y
2
+ 2xy
50
then Plot in Window #2.
23. Delete All graphs from windows #3 and #4 and reset the axes as necessary. Author and Simplify
PLOT3D(F(x, y))
then go to window #3, change the Next Plot color to 1, and Plot from 5 to 5 <Ctrl-Enter>.
24. Author and Simplify
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 0, 0, 0)
then go to window #3, choose Options Color Plot to change the next plot color to 14, and Plot from
5 to 5 to obtain a plot of the cross-section of z = F(x, y) at (0, 0) in the direction of the x axis. Then
Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 0, 0, 0)
and plot in window #4 to obtain a frontal view of this cross-section.
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 0, 0, /2)
then Plot in window #3 from 5 to 5 to obtain the graph of the cross-section at (0, 0) in the direction
of the y axis. Again, to obtain a frontal view of this, Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 0, 0, /2)
26. Finally, lets look at some other cross-sections: Author and Simplify
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 0, 0, /6)
CROSS SEC(F(x, y), 0, 0, /3)
then Plot both in window #3 from 5 to 5.
329
27. Also, Author and Simplify
C1(F(x, y), 0, 0, /6)
C1(F(x, y), 0, 0, /3)
and Plot both in window #4.
29. We saw in the last example that determining that the concavity at a critical point of a function
z = F(x, y) in the x and y directions are both positive (or both negative) does not ensure that we have
a relative minimum (or a relative maximum). The function z = F(x, y) will have a relative minimum
(relative maximum) at (p, q) only if every cross-sectional curve at (p, q) is concave up (concave down)
at (p, q). We know that, in order to examine the concavity in the x and y directions we need only look
at the sign of F
xx
(p, q) and F
yy
(p, q). It turns out that the concavity in any direction is given by the
sign of
G() = a cos
2
+ b sin
2
+c sin2
where a = F
xx
(p, q), b = F
yy
(p, q), and c = F
xy
(p, q).
31. Since G() gives the concavity of F(x, y) at (p, q) for any direction , we would like to determine for
what values of a, b, and c will G() be positive (negative) for all (thus insuring that (p, q) is a relative
minimum (relative maximum)).
32. Close windows #2,#3, and #4. Then Author
G() := a cos
2
+b sin
2
+ c sin2
&
$
%
&
$
%
Relative Extrema for Functions of
Two Variables
NAME: DATE:
1. Let F(x, y) = 5 cos
_
3x
10
_
cos
_
y
10
_
.
Using Derives Calculus Dierentiate command to help you, calculate the following:
(a) F
x
(x, y) = ; F
x
(10/3, 0) =
(b) F
y
(x, y) = ; F
y
(10/3, 0) =
(c) F
xx
(x, y) = ;F
xx
(10/3, 0) =
(d) F
yy
(x, y) = ;F
yy
(10/3, 0) =

2. Does the behavior of the cross-section of the graph in window #4 at t = 0 (i.e. at (x, y) = (10/3, 0))
agree with your answer to Worksheet Questions #1a and #1c? Explain.

331
332 Worksheet # 27. RELATIVE EXTREMA FOR FUNCTIONS OF TWO VARIABLES
3. Does the behavior of the cross-section of the graph in the direction of the y axis agree with your answer
to Worksheet Questions #1b and #1d? Explain.
4. Generalize your observations by completing the following theorem:
Theorem 27.1 Let z = F(x, y) be a continuous function for which all second-order derivatives ex-
ist. A necessary condition for z = F(x, y) to have a relative maximum at (x, y) = (p, q) is that
F
x
(p, q) = F
y
(p, q) = and F
xx
(p, q) and F
yy
(p, q) both be .A nec-
essary condition for z = F(x, y) to have a relative minimum at (x, y) = (p, q) is that F
x
(p, q) =
F
y
(p, q) = and F
xx
(p, q) and F
yy
(p, q) both be .

5. Let F(x, y) =
3
2
cos ye
sin x
.
Using Derive to help you, calculate the following:
(a) F
x
(x, y) = ; F
x
(/2, 0) =
(b) F
y
(x, y) = ; F
y
(/2, 0) =
(c) F
xx
(x, y) = ; F
xx
(/2, 0) = ;
F
xx
(/2, 0) =
(d) F
yy
(x, y) = ; F
yy
(/2, 0) = ;
F
yy
(/2, 0) =

Name: 333
6. Does the behavior of the cross-sections in window #4 at t = 0 (i.e. at (x, y) = (/2, 0)) agree with
your answer to Worksheet Question #5? Explain.

7. Does the behavior of the cross-sections in window #4 at t = 0 (i.e. at (x, y) = (/2, 0)) agree with
your answer to Worksheet Question #5? Explain.
8. Explain how the graphs of the two cross-sections at (/2, 0) make it clear that (/2, 0, F(/2, 0))
is not a relative extreme point.

9. Let F(x, y) =
x
3
yy
3
x+
1
2
x
2
+
1
2
y
2
+2xy
50
.
Using Derive to help you, calculate the following:
(a) F
x
(x, y) = ; F
x
(0, 0) =
(b) F
y
(x, y) = ; F
y
(0, 0) =
(c) F
xx
(x, y) = ; F
xx
(0, 0) =
334 Worksheet # 27. RELATIVE EXTREMA FOR FUNCTIONS OF TWO VARIABLES
(d) F
yy
(x, y) = ; F
yy
(0, 0) =
(e) According to what you learned in this lab, do you think that z = F(x, y) could have a relative
maximum or minimum at (0, 0)? Explain.

10. (a) Does F(x, y) =
x
3
yy
3
x+
1
2
x
2
+
1
2
y
2
+2xy
50
have a relative extreme point at (0, 0)? Explain.
(b) Is the converse of Theorem 27.1 true? Explain.

11. Verify that G(0) gives the concavity of F(x, y) at (p, q) in the x direction, and G(/2) gives the
concavity of F(x, y) in the y direction.

Name: 335
12. (a) Suppose a = 4 and b = 9. Experiment with dierent values of c (say c = 1, 2, 3, . . .) to nd
the biggest and smallest c for which G() > 0 for all (i.e. for which the entire graph of G()
lies above the x axis).[Hint: Use Manage Substitute to plug in the values of a, b, and c, then Plot
G() in a 2D-plot window.]
G() > 0 for all if < c <
(b) Suppose a = 2 and b = 8. Find the biggest and smallest values of c for which the graph of
G() > 0 for all .
(c) Suppose a = 16 and b = 4. Find the biggest and smallest values of c for which the graph of
G() > 0 for all .
(d) Generalize your observations by completing the folllowing theorem.[Hint: compare c to ab in your
answers above.].
Theorem 27.2 The function z = F(x, y) will have a relative minimum at the critical point
(p, q) if where a = F
xx
(p, q), b = F
yy
(p, q), and
c = F
xy
(p, q).

Calculus Laboratory (With Derive)

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Calculus Laboratory (With Derive)

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

A CALCULUS LABORATORY MANUAL

s for which the function is

s such that y = f(x) for some x.

(x) and is dened by

7. Remember that you must rst dene F and D. If

7 to ve decimal places (i.e. until successive approximations

120x + 43, 2 < x < 2?

(c) exists, then f

(c) = 0 for the maximum

(c) by Theorem 7.3?

(d) by Theorem 7.3?

(x) be for any x in (a, b)?

(c) = 0)? Find them all, correct to 6 decimal places.[Hint: evaluate f

(x); so you should then be able to

(c) is the derivative of f (evaluated at c)

(x)[ M for all x in [a, b], then

(x)[ where f(x) =

(x)[ M for all x in [a, b], then

(x)[ M for all x in [1, 3] i.e. the graph of f

(x) must lie

(x), whats the smallest integer that we can let M be?

(x). For x > 0, is F increasing or decreasing? Explain.

(x). Plot it. What seems to be the relationship

x have innite discontinuities at x = 0.

2 using only the +, and keys on your calculator (i.e. dont

(x). Since we want to nd c so

(0). Youve already found a, b, and c in Worksheet Question #3. To nd d, Author

. Since we want to nd d so that F

(0), use Manage

(b) Use your table to sketch the graph of r = 2 + 2 cos below:

j, 0 t 2 (i.e. the plane curve

(t) to F1(t) and G1(t), respectively (i.e. Author F1(t) :=

k. Since we want the initial

(t) for t = 10, 5, 0, 5, 10.

(t). For our current example,

found in Worksheet Question #6.

(t)[, for any t?

(t)[ gives us the speed of the y at time

(t))? Verify that they are by evaluating the dot product r

(t) for any t.

(t) by Authoring, Simplifying and Plotting

(t). Copy these graphs below:

(t). Do these vectors appear

(t), then Manage Substituting t = 3/4,

(t) and Plot r

(3/4) by Authoring the above expression with x, y, and z replaced

(t), then Manage Substituting t = 3/4 and Plotting. Do they appear

(3/4) is tangent to the curve, let u =

(t) = the derivative of U(t).[Hint: you can use Calculus Dierentiate on

j is called the gradient vector of f at (a, b) and is

(a) = 0, i.e. y = f(x) must have a horizontal tangent line at x = a:

(a) < 0) so we have a relative

(a) > 0) so we have a relative

(a) = 0 and we have an inection point.

Potrebbero piacerti anche